WO2021160111A1 - 用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置 - Google Patents

用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021160111A1
WO2021160111A1 PCT/CN2021/076188 CN2021076188W WO2021160111A1 WO 2021160111 A1 WO2021160111 A1 WO 2021160111A1 CN 2021076188 W CN2021076188 W CN 2021076188W WO 2021160111 A1 WO2021160111 A1 WO 2021160111A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mdt
network device
indication information
terminal device
configuring
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/076188
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
胡星星
张宏平
曾清海
张宏卓
陈君
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP21752887.6A priority Critical patent/EP4096272A4/en
Publication of WO2021160111A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021160111A1/zh
Priority to US17/886,107 priority patent/US20220393963A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L43/00—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
    • H04L43/50—Testing arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0813—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings
    • H04L41/0816—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings the condition being an adaptation, e.g. in response to network events
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0806—Configuration setting for initial configuration or provisioning, e.g. plug-and-play
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/34—Signalling channels for network management communication

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and more specifically, to a method and device for configuring MDT to minimize drive test.
  • the current protocol mentions that the priority of signaling-based minimization of drive-tests (MDT) is higher than the priority of management-based MDT, which means that the network side is in the process of configuring MDT for terminal devices , It should be ensured that the management-based MDT cannot cover the signaling-based MDT that has been configured for the terminal device before. However, the prior art does not provide a solution to ensure that the management-based MDT does not cover the configured signaling-based MDT.
  • MDT signaling-based minimization of drive-tests
  • This application provides a method and device for configuring MDT to minimize drive test, in order to improve the possibility that the management-based MDT does not cover the configured signaling-based MDT.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • execution by a terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information from the first network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT.
  • the MDT measurement configuration information includes the configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first MDT measurement; the terminal device sends second indication information to the second network device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT, where:
  • the second network device is the same as or different from the first network device.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT and notifies the terminal device of the type of the first MDT, and the terminal device reports the first MDT when connected to the second network device. 2.
  • the network device reports the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device, so that if the second network device reconfigures the MDT for the terminal device, it can avoid configuring the terminal device with the management-based MDT so that the management-based MDT covers the previous terminal device as the first MDT.
  • the signaling-based MDT configured by the network device increases the possibility that the management-based MDT will not cover the configured signaling-based MDT.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the second network device includes: the terminal device sending a first radio resource control (radio resource control) to the second network device resource control, RRC) message, the first RRC message includes the second indication information, where the first RRC message includes any one of the following messages: RRC reconfiguration complete message, RCC reestablishment complete message, or RRC Recovery complete message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the above-mentioned terminal device reporting the type of the first MDT to the second network device can be reported through a variety of RRC messages, which increases the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second indication information to the core network device.
  • the terminal device can also report to the core network device the type of the first MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device, so that the core network device can learn the first configured terminal device.
  • An MDT type so that when the core network device subsequently notifies the access network device to configure the MDT for the terminal device, it can avoid the management-based MDT from overwriting the configured signaling-based MDT.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device performs MDT measurement based on the first MDT measurement configuration information to obtain the first measurement result; The device sends the first measurement result and the second indication information.
  • the terminal device can perform MDT measurement based on the first MDT measurement configuration information configured by the first network device and obtain the first measurement result.
  • the terminal device is connected to the first network device.
  • the first measurement result obtained by the measurement can be reported to the second network device, and the message for reporting the first measurement result can carry the above-mentioned second indication information, that is, the terminal device can report the measurement result in the message
  • the second indication information is carried in the file, which improves the coupling between the solution provided in this application and the existing solution for reporting measurement results.
  • the terminal device sending the first measurement result and the second indication information to the second network device includes: the terminal device sending an uplink to the second network device A terminal device information response message, where the uplink terminal device information response message includes the first measurement result and the second indication information.
  • the message for the terminal device to report the first measurement result to the second network device may be an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method for configuring MDT provided in this embodiment of the application is similar to the existing solution. A measurement result does not involve the second indication information. The difference is that the uplink terminal device information response message in the solution provided in this application carries the first measurement result and the second indication information.
  • the method for configuring MDT before the terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device, the method for configuring MDT further includes: the terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device. 2. The network device sends third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the size of the first buffer (buffer) required for uplink data compression UDC transmission of the first measurement result.
  • the terminal device may send third indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information instructs the terminal device to report the above-mentioned first measurement result for UDC transmission.
  • the size of a buffer so that when configuring the second buffer based on the first measurement result for UDC transmission, the second network device can refer to the size of the first buffer reported by the terminal device to improve the determination that the terminal device transmits the first buffer via UDC.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives buffer configuration information from the second network device, the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer; the terminal device Sending the first measurement result to the second network device includes: the terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message performs uplink data compression processing based on the second buffer , Wherein the buffer configuration information is determined by the second network device based on the received third indication information.
  • the second network device may configure a second buffer for the terminal device based on the size of the first buffer reported by the terminal device, the terminal device carries the first measurement result in the second RRC message, and the second RRC message is based on the second buffer Perform UDC processing.
  • the above-mentioned second RRC message is an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives fourth instruction information from the second network device, where the fourth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to pass the second network device. 2.
  • the RLC entity transmits a second measurement result, the second RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first measurement result, and the second measurement result is a measurement result that needs to be reported after or before the first measurement result is reported .
  • the fourth instruction information can be sent to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the fourth instruction information of the second network device After that, the RLC entity that transmits the measurement result can be replaced based on the fourth indication information, without reestablishing the connection between the terminal device and the second network device.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a first network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the following takes the execution by the first network device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the first network device determines first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT, and the first MDT measurement configuration information It includes configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first MDT measurement; the first network device sends the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first network device in the case that the first network device configures the first MDT for the terminal device, can notify the terminal device of the type of the first MDT through the first indication information, so that The terminal device can learn the type of the first MDT configured by the first network device for itself, which can prevent the terminal device from accepting an MDT configuration with a priority lower than the first MDT type.
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives fifth indication information from the core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the status of the first MDT Type; and/or, the first network device receives signaling-based MDT configuration information from a core network device.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the first network device, so that the first network device learns the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can configure the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • the method when the terminal device switches from the first network device to the third network device, the method further includes: the first network device sends to the third network device Sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the first network device configures the terminal device with MDT based on signaling.
  • the first network device can send sixth indication information to the third network device, so that the third network device knows the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device, so as to avoid the subsequent time when the third network device configures the MDT for the terminal device ,
  • the occurrence of configuring management-based MDT coverage makes management-based MDT configured signaling-based MDT.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a second network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the second network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the execution by the second network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method for configuring Minimized Drive Test MDT includes:
  • the second network device receives second indication information from the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT.
  • the first MDT is the MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the network device is the same as or different from the first network device; the second network device determines the type of the first MDT based on the second indication information.
  • the terminal device can report to the second network device the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device when connected to the second network device, so that if the second network device Reconfiguring MDT for terminal equipment can avoid configuring management-based MDT for terminal equipment, and overwrite signaling-based MDT that was previously configured by the first network device on terminal equipment. This improves that the management-based MDT does not cover the configured signaling-based MDT. The possibility of MDT.
  • the second network device receiving the second indication information from the terminal device includes: the second network device receiving the first radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device ,
  • the first RRC message includes the second indication information, where the first RRC message includes any one of the following messages: an RRC reconfiguration complete message, an RCC reestablishment complete message, or an RRC recovery complete message.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device reporting the type of the first MDT to the second network device can be reported through a variety of RRC messages, which increases the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method includes: a second network device receives fifth indication information from a core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT; And/or, the second network device receives signaling-based MDT configuration information from the core network device.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the second network device, so that the second network device learns the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can configure the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • the second network device receiving the second indication information from the terminal device includes: the second network device receiving an uplink terminal device information response message from the terminal device,
  • the uplink terminal equipment information response message includes the first measurement result and the second indication information.
  • the message for the terminal device to report the first measurement result to the second network device may be an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method for configuring MDT provided in this embodiment of the application is the uplink terminal device information response message Carry the first measurement result and the second indication information.
  • the method before the second network device receives the first measurement result from the terminal device, the method further includes: the second network device receives The third indication information is used to indicate the size of the first buffer required for uplink data compression UDC transmission of the first MDT measurement result.
  • the terminal device may send third indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information instructs the terminal device to report the above-mentioned first measurement result for UDC transmission.
  • the size of a buffer so that the second network device can refer to the first buffer reported by the terminal device when configuring the second buffer of the first measurement result for UDC transmission, thereby improving the accuracy of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends buffer configuration information to the terminal device, where the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer; the second network The device receiving the first MDT measurement result from the terminal device includes: the second network device receives the first MDT measurement result from the terminal device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message performs the measurement based on the second buffer. UDC processing.
  • the second network device may configure a second buffer for the terminal device based on the size of the first buffer reported by the terminal device, the terminal device carries the first measurement result in the second RRC message, and the second RRC message is based on the second buffer Perform UDC processing.
  • the above-mentioned second RRC message is an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to pass the second The RLC entity transmits the second MDT measurement result, and the second RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first MDT measurement result.
  • the terminal device after receiving the fourth indication information of the second network device, the terminal device can replace the RLC entity that transmits the measurement result based on the fourth indication information.
  • a method for configuring MDT is provided.
  • the method for configuring MDT can be executed by a core network device, or it can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the core network device. This application does not deal with this. Limitation, for ease of description, the following takes the execution by the core network device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the core network device receives second indication information from the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT.
  • the first MDT is the MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the device is the same as or different from the first network device; the core network device sends fifth instruction information to the first network device or the second network device based on the second instruction information, and the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the first network device Type of MDT; or, the core network device sends signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device or the second network device based on the second indication information.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the first network device or the second network device, so that the first network device or the second network device learns The type of the first MDT that the terminal device is configured with.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device or the second network device, so that the first network device or the second network device can be a terminal device Configure signaling-based MDT.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • execution by a terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the terminal device receives first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT; the terminal device Send second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT and notifies the terminal device of the type of the first MDT, and the terminal device reports to the core when connected to the second network device.
  • the network device reports the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device, so that the core network device can learn the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the core network device includes: the terminal device sends a non-access stratum NSA message to the core network device, where the NSA message Including the second indication information.
  • the above-mentioned terminal device reporting the type of the first MDT to the core network device can be reported through an NSA message, which increases the coupling between the solution and the existing signaling process.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a first network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the following takes the execution by the first network device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the first network device determines first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT; the first network device sends to the terminal device The first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT and notifies the terminal device of the type of the first MDT, so that the terminal device can learn the first network device configured by the first network device.
  • a type of MDT is
  • the method further includes: the first network device receives fifth indication information from the core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the status of the first MDT type;
  • the first network device receives signaling-based MDT configuration information from the core network device.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the first network device, so that the first network device learns the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device, so that the first network device can configure the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a second network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the second network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the execution by the second network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the second network device receives fifth indication information from the core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT; or, the second network device receives signaling-based MDT configuration information from the core network device .
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the second network device, so that the second network device learns the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device, so that the second network device can configure the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • a method for configuring MDT is provided.
  • the method for configuring MDT can be executed by a core network device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the core network device, which is not covered by this application.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the core network device receives second indication information from the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT.
  • the first MDT is the MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the device is the same as or different from the first network device; the core network device sends fifth instruction information to the first network device or the second network device based on the second instruction information, and the fifth instruction information is used to instruct the first network device Type of MDT; or, the core network device sends signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device or the second network device based on the second indication information.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the first network device or the second network device, so that the first network device or the second network device learns The type of the first MDT that the terminal device is configured with.
  • the core network device can also send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the first network device or the second network device, so that the first network device or the second network device can be a terminal device Configure signaling-based MDT.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • execution by a terminal device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the terminal device receives first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT; the terminal device The type of the first MDT is obtained based on the first indication information.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT and notifies the terminal device of the type of the first MDT, so that the terminal device can learn the type of the first MDT currently configured .
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a first network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the following takes the execution by the first network device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the first network device determines sixth indication information, where the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the first network device configures the terminal device with signaling-based MDT; the first network device sends the sixth indication to the third network device information.
  • the first network device may send the sixth indication information to the third network device, so that the third network device knows the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device, so as to prevent the subsequent MDT configuration for the terminal device from causing a management-based MDT Override the previous signaling-based MDT.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the circumstances under which network device switching occurs.
  • the first network device can know if a network device switch occurs.
  • the terminal device sends the measurement result to the first network device (for example, the terminal device periodically sends the measured signal quality of surrounding cells or the measured signal quality of surrounding cells that meet certain conditions to the first network device, and the measurement result is It will carry the cell identity of the neighboring cell), the first network device determines whether it is necessary to switch the terminal device to the third network device corresponding to the cell identity of the neighboring cell reported by the terminal device according to the signal quality of the surrounding cell reported by the terminal device , So that the third network device can provide services for the terminal device, so the first network device can learn that the third network device is the target network device based on the measurement result of the terminal device;
  • the first network device determines whether it is necessary to switch the terminal device to the third network device corresponding to the cell identity of the neighboring cell reported by the terminal device according to the signal quality of the surrounding cell reported by the terminal device , So that the third network device can provide services for the terminal device, so the first network device can learn that the third network device is the target network device based on the measurement result of the terminal device
  • the first network device in the communication system is the master node
  • the master node needs to trigger the process of the slave node change (for example, the terminal device reports the measurement result to the first network device, and the measurement result carries the neighboring cell
  • the first network device determines that the secondary node change process is required based on the measurement result), so the first network device can learn that the transformed or newly added secondary node is the third network device based on the secondary node change information triggered by itself .
  • the method further includes: the first network device sends first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate The type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT and notifies the terminal device of the type of the first MDT, so that the terminal device can learn the first network device configured by the first network device.
  • a type of MDT is
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a third network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the third network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the execution by the third network device is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the third network device receives sixth indication information from the first network device, where the sixth indication information is used to instruct the first network device to configure the terminal device with signaling-based MDT; the third network device is based on the sixth The instruction information determines that there is no need to configure the management-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may send the sixth indication information to the third network device, so that the third network device knows the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device, so as to prevent the subsequent MDT configuration for the terminal device from causing a management-based MDT Override the previous signaling-based MDT.
  • a method for configuring MDT is provided.
  • the method for configuring MDT can be executed by a terminal device, or it can also be executed by a chip or circuit for the terminal device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the following takes the execution by the terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the terminal device determines third indication information, which is used to indicate the size of the first buffer buffer required for UDC transmission of the first measurement result, where the first measurement result is obtained by the terminal device through the MDT measurement Measurement result; the terminal device sends the third indication information to the second network device.
  • the terminal device may send third indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information instructs the terminal device to report the above-mentioned first measurement result for UDC transmission.
  • the size of a buffer so that the second network device can refer to the first buffer reported by the terminal device when configuring the second buffer of the first measurement result for UDC transmission, thereby improving the accuracy of the solution.
  • the terminal device receives buffer configuration information from the second network device, and the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer;
  • the second network device sending the first measurement result includes: the terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message performs uplink data compression processing based on the second buffer.
  • the second network device may configure a second buffer for the terminal device based on the size of the first buffer reported by the terminal device, the terminal device carries the first measurement result in the second RRC message, and the second RRC message is based on the second buffer Perform UDC processing.
  • the above-mentioned second RRC message is an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives fourth indication information from the second network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device
  • the second RLC entity transmits the second measurement result, and the second RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first measurement result.
  • the terminal device after receiving the fourth indication information of the second network device, the terminal device can replace the RLC entity that transmits the measurement result based on the fourth indication information.
  • a method for configuring MDT may be executed by a second network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the second network device. This is not limited, and for ease of description, the following takes the execution by the second network device as an example for description.
  • the method used to configure MDT includes:
  • the second network device receives third indication information from the terminal device, where the third indication information is used to indicate the size of the first buffer required for uplink data compression UDC transmission of the first measurement result; the second network device The second buffer required during UDC transmission is configured based on the third indication information, where the first measurement result is a measurement result obtained by the terminal device performing MDT measurement.
  • the terminal device may send third indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information instructs the terminal device to report the above-mentioned first measurement result for UDC transmission.
  • the size of a buffer so that the second network device can refer to the first buffer reported by the terminal device when configuring the second buffer of the first measurement result for UDC transmission, thereby improving the accuracy of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends buffer configuration information to the terminal device, where the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer; 2.
  • the network device receives the first measurement result from the terminal device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message is UDC processed.
  • the second network device may configure a second buffer for the terminal device based on the size of the first buffer reported by the terminal device, the terminal device carries the first measurement result in the second RRC message, and the second RRC message is based on the second buffer Perform UDC processing.
  • the above-mentioned second RRC message is an uplink terminal device information response message.
  • the method further includes: the second network device sends fourth instruction information to the terminal device, and the fourth instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to pass
  • the second RLC entity transmits a second MDT measurement result.
  • the second RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first MDT measurement result.
  • the second measurement result needs to be reported after or before the first measurement result is reported. Measurement results.
  • the terminal device after receiving the fourth indication information of the second network device, the terminal device can replace the RLC entity that transmits the measurement result based on the fourth indication information.
  • a device for configuring MDT includes a processor for implementing the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects above The function of the terminal device.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects above.
  • the function of the terminal device may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects above. The function of the terminal device.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the terminal device in the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for configuring MDT to communicate with other devices.
  • the transceiver may be a communication interface or an input/output interface.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT includes: a processor and a communication interface, which are used to implement the terminal equipment in the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects above. Functions, specifically including:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the first, fifth, ninth, and twelfth aspects.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, and pin on the chip or chip system. Or related circuits, etc.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for configuring MDT includes a processor, configured to implement the operation of the first network device in the methods described in the second, sixth, and tenth aspects above. Function.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a memory coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the operation of the first network device in the methods described in the second, sixth, and tenth aspects above. Function.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the first network device in the methods described in the second, sixth, and tenth aspects.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for configuring MDT to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT includes: a processor and a communication interface, which are used to implement the function of the first network device in the methods described in the second, sixth, and tenth aspects above, specifically Land includes:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to execute a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect, the sixth aspect, and the tenth aspect.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device for configuring MDT is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for configuring MDT includes a processor for implementing the second network device in the methods described in the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects. Function.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a memory coupled to the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the second network device in the methods described in the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects. Function.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the second network device in the methods described in the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for configuring MDT to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT includes: a processor and a communication interface, which are used to implement the function of the second network device in the methods described in the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects, Specifically:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the third aspect, the seventh aspect, and the thirteenth aspect.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device for configuring MDT is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for configuring MDT includes a processor for implementing the functions of the core network device in the methods described in the fourth and eighth aspects.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a memory coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the functions of the core network device in the methods described in the fourth aspect and the eighth aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can execute the program instructions stored in the memory to implement the functions of the core network device in the methods described in the fourth aspect and the eighth aspect.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for configuring MDT to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT includes: a processor and a communication interface, which are used to implement the functions of the core network device in the methods described in the fourth and eighth aspects above, and specifically include:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the fourth aspect and the eighth aspect.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device for configuring MDT is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • an apparatus for configuring MDT includes a processor for implementing the function of the third network device in the method described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a memory coupled with the processor, and the processor is configured to implement the function of the third network device in the method described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled with the processor, and the processor can execute program instructions stored in the memory to implement the function of the third network device in the method described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface is used for the apparatus for configuring MDT to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface is a transceiver, an input/output interface, or a circuit.
  • the apparatus for configuring MDT includes: a processor and a communication interface, used to implement the function of the third network device in the method described in the eleventh aspect, specifically including:
  • the processor uses the communication interface to communicate with the outside;
  • the processor is used to run a computer program, so that the device implements any one of the methods described in the eleventh aspect.
  • the exterior may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the device.
  • the device for configuring MDT is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor can also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided with a computer program stored thereon.
  • the communication device realizes the first aspect, the fifth aspect, the ninth aspect, and the twelfth aspect. Aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the fifth aspect, the ninth aspect, and the twelfth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the second aspect, the sixth aspect, the tenth aspect, and the second aspect A method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect and the tenth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the third aspect, the seventh aspect, the thirteenth aspect, and the third aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the fourth and eighth aspects as well as the fourth and eighth aspects.
  • the method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the communication device realizes the eleventh aspect and any one of the eleventh aspects. The method in the implementation mode.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when executed by a computer, enables a communication device to implement the first aspect, the fifth aspect, the ninth aspect, the twelfth aspect, and the first and fifth aspects , A method in any possible implementation of the ninth aspect and the twelfth aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions when the instructions are executed by a computer, the communication device realizes the aspects of the second, sixth, tenth, and the second, sixth, and tenth aspects. Any possible implementation method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions is provided.
  • the communication device realizes the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects, as well as the third, seventh, and thirteenth aspects.
  • the method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when executed by a computer, enables a communication device to implement any of the fourth aspect, the eighth aspect, and any one of the fourth and eighth aspects. method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions when the instructions are executed by a computer, the communication device implements the eleventh aspect and the method in any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect.
  • a communication system including the device for configuring MDT shown in the fourteenth aspect, the device for configuring MDT shown in the fifteenth aspect, and the device for configuring MDT shown in the sixteenth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 capable of applying an embodiment of the present application for configuring a method for minimizing a drive test MDT.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 200 applicable to an embodiment of the present application for configuring a method for minimizing a drive test MDT.
  • Fig. 3 is a diagram of a DC control plane architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of the configuration and reporting of a logged MDT provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of uplink data compression provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of yet another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for configuring MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1200 for configuring MDT provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1300 for configuring MDT provided in this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1400 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1500 for configuring MDT proposed in this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1600 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex) , TDD), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, 5G system, new radio (NR), etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G system new radio
  • NR new radio
  • the technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth-generation mobile communication system.
  • the communication system can also be a public land mobile network (PLMN) network, a device-to-device (D2D) communication system, a machine-to-machine (M2M) communication system, and a device-to-device (D2D) communication system.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the terminal device (terminal device) in the embodiments of this application may refer to an access terminal, a user unit, a user station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, and a user equipment (user equipment, UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication equipment, user agent, or user device.
  • the terminal equipment can also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), with wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminals in the public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future Devices or terminal devices in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device can also be a terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology to realize man-machine Interconnection, an intelligent network of interconnection of things.
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving of the terminal through, for example, narrowband (NB) technology.
  • NB narrowband
  • the terminal equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, gas stations, etc.
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of the terminal equipment), receiving control information and downlink data from network equipment, and sending electromagnetic waves. , To transmit uplink data to network equipment.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiving function that is used to communicate with a terminal device.
  • This equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), home base station (home evolved NodeB, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (BBU), access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system (transmission point, TP) or transmission and reception point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • NB home base station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • AP access point
  • wireless relay node wireless backhaul node
  • transmission point in wireless fidelity (WIFI) system transmission point, TP
  • TRP or TP transmission
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a centralized unit (CU) or a distributed unit (DU), or the network device includes a CU and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • the CU implements some of the functions of the gNB
  • the DU implements some of the functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implements the functions of the RRC layer and the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer.
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and realizes the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, medium access control (MAC) layer, and physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC medium access control
  • PHY physical
  • AAU realizes some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, under this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU , Or, sent by DU+AAU.
  • the network device may be a device that includes one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into network equipment in an access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into network equipment in a core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • the CU can also be divided into the central unit of the control plane (CU-CP) and the central unit of the user plane (CU-UP).
  • CU-CP and CU-UP can also be deployed on different physical devices.
  • CU-CP is responsible for the control plane function and mainly includes the RRC layer and the PDCP-C layer.
  • the PDCP-C layer is mainly responsible for encryption and decryption of control plane data, integrity protection, and data transmission.
  • CU-UP is responsible for user plane functions, and mainly includes a service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer and a PDCP-U layer.
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the SDAP layer is mainly responsible for processing the data of the core network and mapping the flow to the bearer.
  • the PDCP-U layer is mainly responsible for at least one function such as encryption and decryption of the data plane, integrity protection, header compression, serial number maintenance, and data transmission.
  • the CU-CP and the CU-UP are connected through a communication interface (for example, an E1 interface).
  • CU-CP represents that a network device is connected to a core network device through a communication interface (for example, Ng interface), and is connected to a DU through a communication interface (for example, F1-C (control plane) interface).
  • the CU-UP is connected to the DU through a communication interface (for example, an F1-U (user plane) interface).
  • the PDCP-C layer is also included in the CU-UP.
  • the network device mentioned in the embodiment of this application may be a device including CU, or DU, or CU and DU, or control plane CU node (CU-CP node) and user plane CU node (CU-UP node), and DU The device of the node.
  • CU-CP node control plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • Network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water; they can also be deployed on airborne aircraft, balloons, and satellites.
  • the scenes in which the network equipment and the terminal equipment are located are not limited.
  • the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system can be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating systems, Unix operating systems, Android operating systems, iOS operating systems, or windows operating systems.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable storage medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the aforementioned network equipment may be understood as an access network equipment, and some embodiments in this application also relate to core network equipment.
  • core network equipment refers to equipment in a core network (core network, CN) that provides service support for terminal equipment.
  • core network equipment refers to equipment in a core network (core network, CN) that provides service support for terminal equipment.
  • core network equipment are: access and mobility management function (AMF) entity, session management function (SMF) entity, user plane function (UPF) Entities, etc., are not listed here.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • the AMF entity may be responsible for terminal device access management and mobility management
  • the SMF entity may be responsible for session management, such as session establishment of terminal devices, etc.
  • the UPF entity may be a functional entity of the user plane, which is mainly responsible for Connect to the external network.
  • entity in this application can also be referred to as a network element or a functional entity.
  • entity in this application can also be referred to as a network element or a functional entity.
  • an AMF entity can also be referred to as an AMF network element or an AMF functional entity;
  • an SMF entity can also be referred to as an SMF network element or an SMF function. Entities, etc.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application for configuring a method for minimizing a drive test MDT.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1.
  • the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 may communicate through a wireless link.
  • Each communication device, such as the network device 110 or the terminal device 120 can be equipped with multiple antennas.
  • the configured multiple antennas may include at least one transmitting antenna for transmitting signals and at least one receiving antenna for receiving signals. Therefore, the communication devices in the communication system 100, such as the network device 110 and the terminal device 120, can communicate through multi-antenna technology.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in FIG. 1.
  • the method provided in this application can also be applied to dual connectivity (DC) scenarios.
  • DC dual connectivity
  • a UE may communicate with multiple base stations, that is, dual connectivity (DC), also known as multi-radio dual connectivity (MR-DC).
  • DC dual connectivity
  • MR-DC multi-radio dual connectivity
  • These multiple base stations may be base stations of the same standard (for example, all 4G base stations, or all 5G base stations), or base stations with different mechanisms (for example, one is a fourth-generation 4G base station and the other is a fifth-generation 5G base station) .
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system 200 suitable for configuring a method for minimizing drive test MDT according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the UE 240 can communicate with the base station 210 and the base station 220 through the DC technology, and the base station 210 and the base station 220 access the core network 230 together.
  • the core network 230 may be a 4G core network or a 5G core network.
  • the base station that interacts with the core network on the control plane and neighbors is called the master node (master node, MN), and other base stations are called secondary nodes (secondary node, SN).
  • MN master node
  • SN secondary node
  • the MN is sometimes called the primary base station
  • the SN is sometimes called the secondary base station.
  • Each base station has different RLC and MAC entities.
  • data radio bearer is divided into: master cell group bearer (MCG bearer), secondary cell group bearer (secondary cell group bearer) , SCG Bearer) or split bearer, where MCG Bearer refers to the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB only on the primary base station, and SCG Bearer refers to the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB only on the secondary base station, Split bearer means that the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB are available on both the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • MCG Bearer refers to the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB only on the primary base station
  • SCG Bearer refers to the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB only on the secondary base station
  • Split bearer means that the RLC and MAC entities of the DRB are available on both the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • both the primary base station and the secondary base station have RRC entities, and both can generate RRC messages (ie control messages, such as measurement messages, etc.), as shown in FIG. 3, which is a DC provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • Control plane architecture diagram The primary base station and the core network communicate through a communication interface (for example, NG-C interface), the primary base station and the secondary base station communicate through a communication interface (for example, the Xn-C interface), and the primary base station and the UE communicate through a communication interface (for example, Uu interface) communication, and communication between the secondary base station and the UE through a communication interface (for example, Uu interface).
  • the secondary base station can directly send the RRC message generated by the secondary base station to the UE.
  • the RRC message sent by the UE to the secondary base station is also directly sent to the secondary base station.
  • the RRC message between the secondary base station and the UE is called signaling radio bearer 3. (signalling radio bearer, SRB3); or, the secondary base station can notify the primary base station of the generated RRC message, and the primary base station sends it to the UE.
  • the UE forwards the RRC message to the secondary base station to the secondary base station through the primary base station.
  • E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity
  • EN-DC evolved universal land-based wireless access and new wireless dual connectivity
  • NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity NGEN-DC
  • NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity NE -DC
  • New Wireless and New Wireless Dual Connectivity NR-NR Dual Connectivity, NR-DC
  • the primary base station is an LTE base station (e.g., eNB) connected to the 4G core network
  • the secondary base station is an NR base station (e.g., gNB).
  • the primary base station is an LTE base station connected to the 5G core network
  • the secondary base station is an NR base station.
  • the primary base station is an NR base station connected to the 5G core network
  • the secondary base station is an LTE base station.
  • the primary base station is an NR base station connected to the 5G core network
  • the secondary base station is an NR base station.
  • the serving cell under the secondary base station is called a secondary cell group (SCG), and the secondary cell group is composed of a primary SCG cell (PSCell) and optionally one or more secondary cells.
  • the cell under the primary base station is called a master cell group (master cell group, MCG), which is composed of a primary cell (primary cell, PCell) and optionally one or more secondary cells.
  • PCell refers to the MCG cell deployed in the primary frequency point, and the UE performs the initial connection establishment process or the connection re-establishment process in the cell, or specifies the cell as the PCell during the handover process.
  • PScell refers to the cell in which the UE performs random access when performing the synchronized reconfiguration process in the SCG cell, or when the SCG change is performed and the random access process is not required, the UE initiates the initial physical uplink share channel (PUSCH) ) Transmission cell.
  • PUSCH physical uplink share channel
  • the application scenarios of this application are not limited to the above-mentioned DC scenarios.
  • This application is also applicable to DC scenarios of other systems, such as DC scenarios composed of 5G base stations and WIFI, or base stations deployed as licensed spectrum and base stations deployed as unlicensed spectrum DC scene composed.
  • the basic idea of the MDT technology is that operators use commercial terminals to perform measurement reports to partially replace traditional drive test work, and to automatically collect terminal measurement data to detect and optimize problems and failures in the wireless network.
  • Application scenarios of this technology Operators generally do routine network coverage drive tests every month, and call quality drive tests for specific areas in response to user complaints. Drive tests in these scenarios can be replaced by MDT .
  • the measurement types of the existing MDT technology can be divided into the following types:
  • Signal quality measurement The UE measures the signal quality of the wireless signal, and reports the measurement result to the base station or base station controller;
  • Qos measurement is usually performed by the base station (for example, service flow, service throughput, service delay, etc.), and it can also be measured by UE, such as uplink processing delay. It may also be joint processing by the base station and the UE, such as air interface delay measurement.
  • the UE records the information about the failure of the RRC connection establishment and reports it to the base station or the base station controller.
  • the above-mentioned MDT can be divided into logged MDT (logged MDT) and immediate MDT (immediate MDT).
  • immediate MDT is the MDT measurement performed by the UE in the RRC-CONNECTED state
  • logged MDT is the MDT measurement performed by the UE in the idle state (RRC-IDLE) or inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE) (for example, UE MDT measurement of the current camping cell and some neighboring cells).
  • the UE in the RRC-CONNECTED state refers to the establishment of an RRC connection between the UE and the base station, and the base station saves UE information (for example, one or more of the context information of the UE's access layer, wireless configuration information, etc.);
  • UE information for example, one or more of the context information of the UE's access layer, wireless configuration information, etc.
  • RRC- The UE in the IDLE state means that there is no RRC connection between the UE and the base station, and the base station does not save the UE information;
  • the UE in the RRC-INACTIVE state means that there is no RRC connection between the UE and the base station, and the base station saves the UE information.
  • Immediate MDT is generally used to measure one or more of the UE's data volume, network throughput rate, packet transmission delay, packet loss rate or processing delay, etc.; and logged MDT generally refers to the UE's measurement of the received signal strength.
  • FIG. 4 is a flow chart of the configuration and reporting of logged MDT provided in an embodiment of the present application. The process shown in Figure 4 includes the following steps:
  • S410 Establish an RRC connection between the UE and the base station.
  • the base station sends the logged MDT measurement configuration to the UE.
  • the base station For logged MDT, after the UE accesses the base station and enters the RRC_CONNECTED state or before the UE enters the idle state or inactive state, the base station will notify the UE of the corresponding logged MDT measurement configuration through an RRC message.
  • the logged MDT measurement configuration will carry a timer length.
  • the UE receives the logged MDT measurement configuration information, the length of the timer can be known, and the UE starts a timer of the corresponding length after receiving the configuration information, or the UE After entering the idle state or the inactive state, a timer of the corresponding length will be started when the logged MDT measurement is started.
  • the timer expires, the UE will stop logged MDT measurement.
  • the UE will delete the previously saved logged MDT measurement results after a period of time (for example, 48 hours) after the timing expires.
  • the logged MDT measurement configuration includes one or more of the following information: trace reference (including operator identification PLMN identity and trace identification trace id), trace recording session reference (trace recording session reference) , Trace collection entity id.
  • the tracking reference is used to identify a tracking session and is globally unique.
  • the tracking recording session reference is used to identify a tracking recording session in a tracking session.
  • the tracking session is a time period, the starting point is the activation time of a tracking session, and the end point is the deactivation time of the tracking session; the tracking record is the data collected by the tracking.
  • a trace recording session refers to the time interval during which trace records are generated in a trace session.
  • the specific meaning of the tracking reference, tracking session, tracking record, tracking recording session, and tracking recording session reference involved in this application can refer to the definitions in the existing 3GPP protocol (for example, 3GPP TS32.422), which is not described in detail here.
  • the network side realizes the correspondence between the IP address of the configuration tracking collection entity and the tracking collection entity identification.
  • the base station carries the tracking reference, tracking recording session reference, and tracking collection entity identification when delivering the MDT configuration to the UE.
  • the UE When the UE subsequently reports the measurement result, it will also carry the trace reference, trace record session reference, and trace collection entity identifier, so that the base station knows to send the measurement result to the corresponding trace control entity (TCE) according to this mapping relationship.
  • TCE trace control entity
  • the network management or operation management and maintenance (OAM) entity or element management (element management, EM) entity will configure the tracking reference and tracking collection entity when issuing MDT commands to the base station. Identification. After the base station selects a UE for MDT measurement, the base station allocates a tracking record session reference for the UE.
  • OAM operation management and maintenance
  • EM element management
  • the logged MDT configuration information of the base station for the UE will carry the tracking reference, the tracking recording session reference, and the tracking collection entity identifier. That is to say, only the base station that configures logged MDT for the UE knows which UE is allocated the corresponding tracking recording session reference. The base station and TCE receiving the reported measurement results may not know the tracking reference and tracking recording session reference reported by the UE. The UE that reports the measurement result is the UE that was previously configured as a reference for the trace recording session.
  • the core network sends the UE's MDT configuration to the base station through the interface signaling between the core network and the base station corresponding to the UE, and the corresponding configuration includes tracking reference, tracking recording session reference, and tracking collection entity identification.
  • the TCE knows that the measurement result corresponds to the UE based on the tracking reference and/or tracking recording session reference reported by the UE and the tracking reference and/or tracking recording session reference previously configured by the core network for the UE.
  • the UE enters the RRC_IDLE state or the INACTIVE state.
  • the UE performs logged MDT measurement.
  • the UE After the UE returns to the RRC_IDLE state or the INACTIVE state, the UE will perform a logged MDT measurement and record the corresponding measurement result.
  • S460 Re-establish an RRC connection between the UE and the base station.
  • the UE When the UE subsequently re-enters RRC_CONNECTED from the RRC_IDLE state or the INACTIVE state, the UE will carry an indication in the RRC message sent to the base station indicating that the current UE has a logged MDT measurement result.
  • S470 The base station sends a request message to the UE.
  • the base station may send a request message to the UE, and the request message is used to request the UE to report the logged MDT measurement result.
  • S480 The UE sends a response message to the base station.
  • the UE may send a response message to the base station, and the response message carries the corresponding logged MDT measurement result.
  • TCE trace control entity
  • the UE After the UE performs the logged MDT measurement, it reports the logged MDT measurement result to the base station, and the base station sends the MDT report to the TCE according to the IP address of the TCE to complete the drive test.
  • the base station After the base station obtains the logged MDT measurement result. You can refer to the provisions in the current agreement or the provisions in the future agreement, which will not be repeated here.
  • the base station that issues the logged MDT measurement configuration to the UE may be a different base station from the base station that the UE reports the logged MDT measurement result.
  • the aforementioned logged MDT can also be divided into signaling-based MDT (signaling-based MDT) and management-based MDT (management-based MDT).
  • the above-mentioned immediate MDT can also be divided into signaling-based MDT and management-based MDT.
  • the signaling based MDT corresponding to logged MDT is recorded as signaling based logged MDT
  • the management based MDT corresponding to logged MDT is recorded as management based logged MDT
  • the signaling based MDT corresponding to immediate MDT is recorded as signaling based immediate MDT
  • the management based MDT corresponding to the immediate MDT is recorded as management based immediate MDT.
  • the signaling-based MDT is the MDT for a certain UE, while the management-based MDT is not the MDT for a specific UE; the signaling-based MDT is the MDT passed by the core network.
  • the core network and the base station send the UE’s MDT configuration to the base station in response to the UE’s interface signaling, while the management-based MDT is the network manager directly sending configuration information to the base station, which is selected by the base station according to the configuration information and the UE’s capabilities, etc.
  • the UE performs MDT measurement.
  • the priority of the signaling-based MDT is higher than the priority of the management-based MDT, that is, the management-based MDT cannot cover the signaling-based MDT configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the prior art does not mention how to ensure that the management-based MDT does not cover the previous signaling-based MDT.
  • the UE For logged MDT, if the UE does not currently have a logged MDT measurement result, the UE will not send an indication to the base station indicating that the current UE has a logged MDT measurement result, and the base station does not know whether the UE was previously configured with logged MDT; even if the UE In addition, the information indicating whether the logged MDT configuration has timed out is reported, and the base station does not know whether the previous logged MDT configuration is based on the managed MDT configuration or the signaling-based MDT configuration. Therefore, the network equipment cannot guarantee that the management-based MDT cannot cover the previous signaling-based MDT.
  • Upstream data compression technology is introduced in the R15 protocol.
  • the core idea of this technology is to reduce the amount of data transmitted by compressing the data packets sent in the uplink, thereby obtaining one or more of the benefits of increasing the rate, enhancing coverage, and reducing time delay.
  • the main idea of UDC is to use the correlation between adjacent data packets to compress the repeated content between adjacent data packets at the sending end, only transmit the different parts of the adjacent data packets, and then complete the repeated content at the receiving end , Decompress the original data package.
  • the UE acts as the transmitting end to compress uplink data
  • the base station acts as the receiving end to decompress the uplink data.
  • Compression and decompression are based on a compression buffer (buffer) jointly maintained by the UE and the base station, and the buffer may also be referred to as a buffer in this application.
  • the buffer is similar to a dictionary.
  • Compression means finding out the duplicated part of the dictionary from the data packet to be transmitted as redundant information.
  • Decompression means finding out the compressed duplicate content from the dictionary and filling it back to restore the original data pack.
  • the buffer includes a buffer header and a buffer tail, and the buffer size is the space between the buffer header and the buffer tail that can store characters.
  • the basic principle of compression is: when finding the same string in the buffer as the current string, replace the current string with a two-tuple of (length, distance), where "length” represents the length of the string matched in the sliding ; "Distance” means the character distance from the current string to the matched string in the sliding window.
  • “literal” represents the length of the string matched in the sliding ;
  • “Distance” means the character distance from the current string to the matched string in the sliding window.
  • the characters that do not match the current string in the buffer are defined as "literal”, that is, the original characters are retained.
  • Huffman coding can be used to further compress the "literal", "length” and “distance” codes. Send the compressed content to the receiving end.
  • the UE After the compression is successful, the UE will put the uncompressed data packets corresponding to the currently compressed data packets into the buffer in a first-in, first-out manner from the buffer end of the buffer, as shown in Figure 5, which is an example of this application.
  • Figure 5 A schematic diagram of uplink data compression.
  • the initial string in the buffer maintained by the sender is abc.
  • packet 1 (as shown in Figure 5, packet1 includes the string def) is compressed based on abc
  • the sender will compress the string in paceket1 From the end of the buffer to the buffer maintained by the sender in a first-in, first-out manner (as shown in Figure 5, the string in the buffer becomes abcdef).
  • the initial string in the buffer maintained by the receiving end is also abc.
  • the receiving end receives the compressed packet of packet1, it decompresses it based on the initial string in the buffer to obtain the string included in packet1 Is def, and then the receiving end stores the decompressed data from back to front into the buffer maintained by the receiving end (as shown in Figure 5, the string in the buffer becomes abcdef) to realize the data in the buffer maintained by the sending end and the receiving end respectively The unification of strings.
  • the compression and decompression process for packet2 (as shown in FIG. 5, packet1 includes the character string ghijkl) is similar to the aforementioned packet1.
  • the sender compresses packet2, it puts packet 2 from the end of the buffer into the buffer maintained by the sender in a first-in, first-out manner. Since the size of the buffer is fixed, the characters placed later will squeeze out the previous characters out of the buffer. , The character string included in the buffer is used as a "dictionary". For the specific process, refer to the process of adding packet2 to the buffer in Figure 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • used to indicate can include both used for direct indication and used for indirect indication.
  • the indication information can directly indicate A or indirectly indicate A, but it does not mean that A must be included in the indication information.
  • the information indicated by the instruction information is referred to as the information to be instructed.
  • the information to be indicated may be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indicated indirectly by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, it is also possible to realize the indication of specific information by means of a pre-arranged order (for example, stipulated in an agreement) of various information, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent. At the same time, it can also identify the common parts of each information and give unified instructions, so as to reduce the instruction overhead caused by separately indicating the same information.
  • the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of this application. For example, distinguish different messages, distinguish different access network devices, and so on.
  • preset may include indication by network device signaling, or pre-defined, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and network equipment). limited.
  • the "saving" referred to in the embodiments of the present application may refer to storing in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of the memory can be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the “protocols” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, for example, may include LTE protocol, NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • the method for configuring the minimized drive test MDT provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 and the communication system 200 shown in FIG. 2.
  • the communication system may include at least one network device and at least one terminal device. Antenna technology can be used to communicate between network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided in the embodiments of the application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided in the embodiments of the application can be run to follow
  • the method provided in the embodiment of the present application only needs to communicate.
  • the execution subject of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device or a network device, or a functional module that can execute a program in the terminal device or the network device.
  • the network device side determines and configures the buffer size (for example, the buffer can be any of 2k, 4k, or 8k), and the buffer is of the DRB level. If the configuration size of the buffer needs to be changed, it can only be changed by switching (for example, the network device sends a switching command to the terminal device, or the network device sends a reconfiguration message that needs to be synchronized to the terminal device).
  • the buffer size for example, the buffer can be any of 2k, 4k, or 8k
  • the buffer is of the DRB level. If the configuration size of the buffer needs to be changed, it can only be changed by switching (for example, the network device sends a switching command to the terminal device, or the network device sends a reconfiguration message that needs to be synchronized to the terminal device).
  • a DRB needs to change from UDC configured to UDC not configured, or from not configured UDC to configured UDC, or the size of the buffer corresponding to a DRB changes, for example, from 2k to 4k, one or more of them are changed When the buffer situation occurs, it can only be changed by switching or reconfiguration.
  • the terminal device can save at least 64K records, and report up to 8K records each time. In this way, the terminal device may need to transmit multiple RRC messages to report the logged MDT measurement result, and each RRC message carries a relatively large logged MDT measurement result.
  • the logged MDT measurement result is transmitted using SRB2.
  • SRB2 also carries NAS messages, where the NAS message is a message sent by the terminal device to the core network device.
  • This application also proposes a method for configuring the minimized drive test MDT, which can compress and transmit the logged MDT measurement result.
  • the interaction between the network device and the terminal device is taken as an example to describe in detail the method for configuring the minimized drive test MDT provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • the executive body includes the first network device, the second network device and the terminal device.
  • the application scenarios of this embodiment include: when the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the first network device configures MDT for the terminal device; after the first network device configures MDT for the terminal device (this embodiment uses logged MDT as an example for illustration) At a certain moment, the terminal device enters the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, and then the terminal device enters the RRC_CONNECTED state to establish an RRC connection with the second network device.
  • the second network device can be the same network device as the first network device, or it can be the same as the first network device.
  • the first network device is a different network device.
  • logged MDT is an MDT measurement performed by a terminal device in an idle state (RRC-IDLE) or an inactive state (RRC_INACTIVE).
  • RRC-IDLE an idle state
  • RRC_INACTIVE an inactive state
  • this embodiment of the application can avoid the management-based logged MDT configured on the terminal device on the network device side Override the signaling-based logged MDT previously configured for the terminal device.
  • the method for configuring Minimized Drive Test MDT includes at least some of the following steps.
  • the first network device sends first logged MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first logged MDT measurement configuration information is that the terminal device configures the first logged MDT, and the first logged MDT measurement configuration information includes configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first logged MDT measurement.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the first indication information indicates that the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT (signaling-based logged MDT), or indicates that the first logged MDT is a management-based logged MDT (management-based logged MDT), or indicates the first logged MDT It is not a logged MDT based on signaling, or indicates that the first logged MDT is not a logged MDT based on management.
  • the first network device sends the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device, which may be the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information sent to the terminal in a single message equipment.
  • the terminal device may be the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information sent to the terminal in a single message equipment.
  • both the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information are carried in the first configuration message.
  • the first configuration message in this embodiment may reuse the message for transmitting the first logged MDT measurement configuration information when the first network device configures the first logged MDT for the terminal device in the existing protocol.
  • the difference is that the first logged MDT measurement configuration information is transmitted.
  • a message of logged MDT measurement configuration information also carries the aforementioned first indication information, or it can be understood that the first indication information is part of the first logged MDT measurement configuration information;
  • the difference from the existing network device that configures the first logged MDT for the terminal device is that the first network device not only sends the first configuration message to the terminal
  • the device also carries first indication information in the first configuration message, and the type of the first logged MDT is indicated through the first indication information.
  • the first network device indicates the currently configured first logged MDT measurement configuration through the above-mentioned first indication information as: the measurement configuration corresponding to signaling-based logged MDT; for management-based logged MDT, The first network device indicates through the foregoing first indication information that the currently configured first logged MDT measurement configuration is: management-based logged MDT measurement configuration.
  • the first configuration message in this embodiment may be to reuse other existing signaling between the first network device and the terminal device, and the existing signaling carries the above-mentioned first logged MDT measurement.
  • Configuration information and first instruction information may be to reuse other existing signaling between the first network device and the terminal device, and the existing signaling carries the above-mentioned first logged MDT measurement.
  • the first configuration message in this embodiment may be a newly added piece of signaling between the first network device and the terminal device, and is used to carry the foregoing first logged MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information.
  • the specific form of the first configuration message in this embodiment is not limited. From the perspective of saving signaling overhead, the existing message for transmitting the first logged MDT measurement configuration information can be reused. It is sufficient to add the above-mentioned first indication information to the message of logged MDT measurement configuration information.
  • the first network device sends the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device, which may be sending the first logged MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information in two messages To the terminal equipment.
  • the first logged MDT measurement configuration information is sent to the terminal device according to the existing procedure of configuring the first logged MDT, and the first indication information may be carried in another message and sent to the terminal device.
  • the message carrying the first indication information may be multiplexing existing signaling between the existing first network device and the terminal device; the message carrying the first indication information may also be the first network device and the terminal device. A new piece of signaling between terminal equipment.
  • the specific type of the above-mentioned first indication information is not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • the first indication information may be an enumerated type, indicating that the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT. , Or logged MDT based on management; or, the first indication information may also be a Boolean variable type, indicating whether the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT, or whether the logged MDT is a management-based logged MDT.
  • the first indication information may be 1-bit binary information.
  • a bit value of 1 indicates that the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT
  • a bit value of 0 indicates that the first logged MDT is a management-based logged MDT
  • a bit value of 0 indicates that the first logged MDT is a signaling-based MDT.
  • the first indication information may be 2-bit binary information.
  • the first bit indicates whether the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT, and the second bit indicates whether the first logged MDT is a management-based logged MDT.
  • the first bit value of 1 indicates that the first logged MDT is a signaling-based logged MDT, the first bit value of 0 indicates that the first logged MDT is not a signaling-based logged MDT;
  • the second bit value of 1 indicates the first The logged MDT is a logged MDT based on management, and the second bit value is 0 indicating that the first logged MDT is not a logged MDT based on management.
  • first indication information is just an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the scope of protection of this application.
  • Other first indication information that can be used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT is logged MDT based on signaling or logged MDT based on management It is also within the protection scope of this application.
  • this embodiment mainly relates to how to ensure that the management-based logged MDT does not cover the signaling-based logged MDT previously configured for the terminal device by the network device.
  • the specific configuration included in the measurement configuration corresponding to the first logged MDT is not limited.
  • the measurement configuration corresponding to the first logged MDT may include measurement configurations such as the range of measurement information, and the event that triggers the UE to perform logged MDT.
  • the measurement configuration corresponding to the first logged MDT can refer to the provisions in the existing protocol, or refer to the provisions in the future protocol, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device can learn whether the current type of the first logged MDT is a management-based logged MDT or a signaling-based logged MDT.
  • the terminal device after receiving the above-mentioned first configuration information, the terminal device changes from the RRC_CONNECTED state to the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state. It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, there is no restriction on the specific time at which the terminal device changes from the RRC_CONNECTED state to the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, and it may be any time after receiving the above-mentioned first configuration information.
  • the terminal device in the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state may perform the first logged MDT measurement based on the above-mentioned first logged MDT measurement configuration information, and record the corresponding logged MDT measurement result, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 6 may also include S621: terminal device Perform logged MDT measurement.
  • this implementation does not limit the terminal device to always perform logged MDT measurement based on the above-mentioned first logged MDT measurement configuration information, and obtain the logged MDT measurement result.
  • the terminal device will change from the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state again (for example, establish a connection with the second network device).
  • the terminal device learns the type of the first logged MDT currently configured, then after the terminal device changes from the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state to establish a connection with the second network device , The logged MDT of the low priority type that the second network device reconfigures for the terminal device can be rejected.
  • the terminal device may reject the low-priority logged MDT that the second network device reconfigures for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the above-mentioned first indication information and learns that the type of the first logged MDT configured by the first network device for itself is logged MDT based on signaling, then after the terminal device establishes a connection with the second network device, if the terminal When the device receives the management-based logged MDT configured by the second network device, the terminal device may reject the configuration information of the second network device, and still perform logged MDT measurement based on the first logged MDT measurement configuration information.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device re-transforms from the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state and establishes a connection with the second network device and then re-enters the RRC_CONNECTED state with the terminal device in the prior art, and The difference between the reported logged MDT measurement result and the seventh indication information used to indicate whether the first logged MDT measurement configuration information has timed out is that after the terminal device re-enters the RRC_CONNECTED state in this embodiment, the terminal device can send the second network device to the second network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 6 further includes S620: the terminal device sends a second instruction to the second network device information.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the second network device may be: the terminal device carries the second indication information in the first RRC message sent to the second network device.
  • the second indication information may be carried in the first RRC message.
  • the first RRC message includes any one of the following messages:
  • the RRC reconfiguration complete message may be that after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the second network device, the second network device needs to initiate one or more of operations such as management of SRB and DRB, configuration of underlying parameters, etc., to trigger RRC Connection reconfiguration:
  • the second network device sends configuration information to the terminal device through the RRC connection reconfiguration message, and the terminal device reports the RRC reconfiguration complete message to confirm that the RRC connection reconfiguration is complete;
  • the RRC reestablishment complete message can be the terminal device and the second network
  • the terminal device sends the RRC re-establishment complete message report to the second network device
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the second network device may be: the terminal device is sending a message carrying the logged MDT measurement result to the second network device The second indication information is also carried in.
  • the terminal device may carry the logged MDT measurement result and the second indication information in the uplink terminal device information response message reported to the second network device.
  • the uplink terminal device information response message may be a response message sent by the terminal device to the second network device after receiving the request from the second network device to the terminal device to report the logged MDT measurement result.
  • the response message is used to report the logged MDT measurement.
  • the uplink terminal device information response message in the embodiment of the present application not only carries the logged MDT measurement result but also carries the aforementioned second indication information.
  • the second network device can reconfigure the MDT for the terminal device, and it will not happen.
  • Management-based logged MDT covers the case of signaling-based logged MDT.
  • This application mainly considers the possibility that a management-based logged MDT covers a signaling-based logged MDT, and a detailed description will not be given for the case where the management-based logged MDT will not cover the signaling-based logged MDT.
  • the foregoing second indication information may be a newly added piece of signaling between the terminal device and the second network device after the terminal device re-enters the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • the terminal device in this embodiment may also report whether a fourth network device with other radio access technology (RAT) configures the terminal device with third logged MDT configuration information.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the terminal device reports to the second network device the RAT type of the fourth network device configured with the third logged MDT configuration information for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device in this embodiment may also report the type of the third logged MDT corresponding to other RATs.
  • the second network device and the aforementioned first network device may be the same or different network devices.
  • the terminal device may send the second indication information to the SN (for example, the terminal device may carry the second indication information in the RRC message sent to the SN, or the terminal device may send the second indication information through the SRB3 Send the second instruction information to SN);
  • the terminal device may send the second indication information to the MN, and the MN then sends the second indication information to the SN (for example, the RRC message that the terminal device needs to send to the SN is encapsulated in the RRC message sent by the terminal device to the MN), Specifically, when the MN receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device, the MN may carry the second indication information in the message to add or modify the SN and send it to the SN. It can be understood that when this embodiment is applied to the scenario shown in FIG. 2, the above-mentioned second network device may be an MN or an SN. When the second network device is an MN, the MN may send the eighth indication information to the SN.
  • the eighth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 6 further includes S622: the second network device sends the eighth indication information to the auxiliary network device.
  • the auxiliary network device learns the logged MDT type configured by the first network device for the terminal device, the auxiliary network device can consider management based MDT and signaling based when subsequently configuring logged MDT for the terminal device. The priority of MDT can ensure that the management-based logged MDT does not cover the signaling-based logged MDT that the previous network device has configured to the terminal device.
  • the second network device can then consider the management-based MDT and MDT when configuring logged MDT for the terminal device.
  • the priority of signaling-based MDT can ensure that the management-based logged MDT does not cover the signaling-based logged MDT that the network device has configured to the terminal device before.
  • the second network device when the first network device has previously configured signaling based logged MDT for the terminal device, the second network device will not configure the management based logged MDT for the terminal device, avoiding the management-based MDT from covering the previous network device to the terminal. Signaling-based MDT configured by the device.
  • the method for configuring MDT shown in FIG. 6 is mainly explained by taking the first MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device as logged MDT as an example, but does not limit the first MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device as immediate Not applicable in the case of MDT.
  • the method for configuring MDT shown in FIG. 6 can also be applied when the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the first network device configures the terminal device with immediate MDT, and the terminal device continues to be in the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • the second network device shown may be the same network device as the first network device, or the second network device may be an SN added or changed in the scenario of FIG. 2, or the second network device may be a terminal device from the first network device.
  • the target network device to switch to.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The first network device sends the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information is that the terminal device configures the first immediate MDT, and the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information includes configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first immediate MDT measurement.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first immediate MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device, such as signaling-based or management-based immediate MDT.
  • the first indication information is different from the above-mentioned first indication information in S610 in the immediate MDT type used for the indication.
  • the specific delivery method of the first indication information in step 1, the immediate MDT type how to indicate, and possible message types may be the same as the first indication information in S610 above, and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 2 The terminal device sends second indication information to the second network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first immediate MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is different from the above-mentioned second indication information in S620 in the immediate MDT type used for the indication.
  • the specific reporting manner of the second indication information in step 2 and the immediate MDT type how to indicate may be the same as the above-mentioned second indication information in S620, which will not be repeated here.
  • the message type corresponding to the second indication information in step two (the message for transmitting the second indication information) may be the same as or different from the second indication information in S620, for example, the measurement report (MeasurementReport) message carries step two.
  • the second instruction information in.
  • step three the terminal device performs immediate MDT measurement and obtains an immediate MDT measurement result.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flow chart of another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • the executive body includes the first network device, the second network device and the terminal device.
  • the application scenarios of this embodiment include: when the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the first network device configures MDT for the terminal device; after the first network device configures MDT for the terminal device (this embodiment uses logged MDT as an example for illustration) At a certain moment, the terminal device enters the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state, and then the terminal device enters the RRC_CONNECTED state to establish an RRC connection with the second network device.
  • the second network device can be the same network device as the first network device, or it can be the same as the first network device.
  • the first network device is a different network device.
  • the method for configuring Minimized Drive Test MDT includes at least some of the following steps.
  • the first network device sends first logged MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information to the terminal device.
  • S710 is similar to S610 shown in FIG. 6, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 7 also includes S721: the terminal device performs logged MDT measurement.
  • S721 is similar to S621 shown in FIG. 6, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device will re-transform from the RRC_IDLE or RRC_INACTIVE state to the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • the difference from the prior art that the terminal device reports the logged MDT measurement result and the seventh indication information for indicating whether the first logged MDT measurement configuration information has timed out after re-entering the RRC_CONNECTED state is that the terminal device re-enters the RRC_CONNECTED state in this embodiment
  • the terminal device sends second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 may further include S720: the terminal device sends the first logged MDT to the core network device. 2. Instruction information.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the core network device may be: the terminal device carries the second indication information in the initial context sent to the core network device.
  • the terminal device sending the second indication information to the core network device may be: the terminal device carries the second indication in a non-access stratum (NAS) message sent to the core network device information.
  • NAS non-access stratum
  • the core network device can learn the type of the first logged MDT.
  • the subsequent execution steps include the following two possible ways:
  • the core network device may send signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device based on the second indication information.
  • the signaling-based MDT configuration information is used to instruct the second network device to configure the terminal device with a signaling based logged MDT second logged MDT. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 may further include S722: the core network device sends the signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device. After S722 is executed, when the second network device subsequently configures the second logged MDT for the terminal device, it can ensure that the management based logged MDT does not cover the previously configured signaling based logged MDT for the terminal device.
  • the core network device can send signaling based logged MDT configuration information to the second network device; when the terminal device has been configured the first logged MDT When the type is signaling-based logged MDT, the core network device can send new signaling-based logged MDT configuration information to the second network device.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the second network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first logged MDT. That is, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 may further include S723: the core network device sends fifth instruction information to the second network device. After S723 is executed, after the second network device learns the first logged MDT type configured by the first network device for the terminal device, then the second network device can consider management based MDT and signaling based when subsequently configuring the second logged MDT for the terminal device. The priority of MDT can ensure that the management-based logged MDT does not cover the signaling-based logged MDT that has been previously configured for the terminal device.
  • the core network device may send fifth indication information to the MN, and the MN sends the eighth indication information to the SN.
  • the eighth indication information is used to indicate the first logged MDT. type.
  • the MN may carry the eighth indication information in a message to add or modify the SN and send it to the SN.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 The process further includes S724: the second network device sends eighth indication information to the auxiliary network device.
  • the method for configuring MDT shown in FIG. 7 is mainly described by taking the first MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device as logged MDT as an example, but does not limit the first MDT configured by the first network device to the terminal device as immediate Not applicable in the case of MDT.
  • the method for configuring MDT shown in FIG. 7 can also be applied when the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the first network device configures the terminal device with immediate MDT, and the terminal device continues to be in the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • the second network device shown may be the same network device as the first network device, or the second network device may be an SN added or changed in the scenario of FIG. 2, or the second network device may be a terminal device from the first network device.
  • the target network device to switch to.
  • the method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1 The first network device sends the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information is that the terminal device configures the first immediate MDT, and the first immediate MDT measurement configuration information includes configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first immediate MDT measurement.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the type of the first immediate MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device, such as signaling-based or management-based immediate MDT.
  • the first indication information is different from the above-mentioned first indication information in S610 in the immediate MDT type used for the indication.
  • the specific delivery method of the first indication information in step 1, the immediate MDT type how to indicate, and possible message types (messages for transmitting the second indication information) can be the same as the first indication information in S610, and will not be omitted here. Go into details.
  • Step 2 The terminal device sends second indication information to the core network device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first immediate MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the second indication information is different from the above-mentioned second indication information in S720 in the immediate MDT type used for the indication.
  • the specific reporting manner of the second indication information, how to indicate the immediate MDT type, and possible message types in step 2 may be the same as the second indication information in S720, and will not be repeated here.
  • Step 3 The core network device sends signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device; and/or,
  • the core network device sends fifth indication information to the second network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first immediate MDT.
  • the specific sending manner of the fifth indication information in step 3, the immediate MDT type how to indicate, and the possible message types may be the same as the fifth indication information in S722, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 4 The terminal device performs immediate MDT measurement and obtains an immediate MDT measurement result.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 mainly relate to how to ensure that the management-based MDT does not cover the previous signaling-based MDT.
  • a terminal device when a terminal device performs network device switching (for example, the service network device of the terminal device is switched from a source network device to a target network device), or SN increase or SN increase occurs in the DC scenario shown in FIG. 2
  • network device switching for example, the service network device of the terminal device is switched from a source network device to a target network device
  • SN increase or SN increase occurs in the DC scenario shown in FIG. 2
  • the target network device, the new The added or changed SN does not know whether the terminal device is previously configured with MDT and the type of MDT configured for the terminal device.
  • the target network device, the newly added or changed SN may configure management based MDT for the terminal device, resulting in management based MDT covers the configured signaling based MDT.
  • the target network device or the newly added or changed SN re-issues the immediate MDT measurement configuration to the terminal device, it will cause the immediate MDT measurement to restart.
  • the source network device or MN allows the terminal device to perform the delay measurement. If the target network device, the newly added or changed SN re-issues the measurement configuration to the terminal device, the terminal device may change the measurement of some previous data packets. The result is discarded, causing the delay of some data packets to not be measured.
  • this application also provides a method for configuring minimized drive test MDT, which can avoid target network equipment, newly-added or changed SN reconfiguration MDT configuration information and terminal in the case of network equipment switching or conversion.
  • the MDT configuration information already configured on the device conflicts.
  • the target network device, the newly added or changed SN, and the MDT configuration information for the terminal device to be reconfigured are recorded as the second MDT configuration information, and the source network device or the MN has been configured for the terminal device.
  • the MDT configuration information of is recorded as the first MDT configuration information.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of yet another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • the executive body includes a first network device and a third network device.
  • the application scenarios of this embodiment include: when the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state, the first network device configures the terminal device with first MDT configuration information; at a certain time after the first network device configures the terminal device with the first MDT configuration information ,
  • the serving network device of the terminal device is switched from the first network device to the third network device, or the SN is added or changed in the scenario of FIG. 2, the added or changed SN may also be called the third network device, where ,
  • the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state when the aforementioned serving network device is switched from the first network device to the third network device, or the terminal device is in the RRC_CONNECTED state when the SN is added or changed in the scenario of FIG. 2.
  • the method for configuring Minimized Drive Test MDT includes at least some of the following steps.
  • S810 The first network device sends sixth indication information to the third network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the first network device configures the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • the first network device may be understood as the aforementioned source network device, or MN.
  • the first network device (the source network device, or MN) sends the sixth indication information to the third network device (the target base station device, or the added or changed SN), and the sixth indication information indicates the following One of:
  • Indicate whether the first network device is configured with signaling based logged MDT for the terminal device indicate the type of logged MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device, indicate whether the first network device is configured with signaling based immediate MDT for the terminal device, indicate the first The type of measurement in the signaling based immediate MDT configured by the network device for the terminal device (for example, one or more of uplink or downlink delay measurement, uplink or downlink throughput measurement, etc.).
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can prevent the second MDT measurement configuration information configured by the third network device for the terminal device from being a low-priority MDT configuration (for example, logged MDT based on management), and covering the first A network device configures the terminal device with high-priority first MDT measurement configuration information (for example, signaling-based logged MDT).
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with signaling-based MDT
  • the first network device sends the aforementioned sixth instruction information to the third network device; or,
  • the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can prevent the second MDT measurement configuration information configured by the third network device for the terminal device from causing the immediate MDT measurement to restart.
  • the first network device configures the terminal device with a preset measurement amount In the case of the corresponding immediate MDT
  • the first network device sends the aforementioned sixth indication information to the third network device, indicating the preset measurement value corresponding to the immediate MDT configured by the first network device
  • the third network device is configuring the second MDT
  • the preset measurement quantity here may be one or more of uplink or downlink delay measurement, uplink or downlink throughput measurement, and so on.
  • the terminal device when the first network device configures the terminal device with immediate MDT corresponding to the uplink delay measurement, the terminal device performs the uplink delay measurement based on the immediate MDT configuration corresponding to the uplink delay measurement. After a period of measurement, the network Switching of equipment. If the third network device does not know that the first network device configures the terminal device with the immediate MDT corresponding to the uplink delay measurement, the third network device may reconfigure the terminal device with the immediate MDT corresponding to the uplink delay measurement, and the terminal device will Some previously measured uplink delay measurement results (for example, the delay of data packet #1) are discarded, resulting in some delays not being measured. However, in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the third network device since the third network device knows that the first network device configures the terminal device with the immediate MDT corresponding to the uplink delay measurement, the third network device does not need to reconfigure the terminal device with the uplink time. To measure the corresponding immediate MDT, the terminal device can continue to complete the uplink delay measurement based on the immediate MDT corresponding to the previously configured uplink delay measurement.
  • this application also provides a solution for terminal equipment to provide uplink delay measurement result distribution.
  • the first network device configures multiple delay thresholds for the terminal, the terminal device performs periodic measurement and reporting, measures the delay of the data packet in each measurement period, and calculates that the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period exceeds the multiple
  • the proportion of each delay threshold in the delay threshold includes: calculating the data packet whose delay exceeds the delay threshold in the measurement period The ratio of the number to the total number of data packets in the measurement period.
  • the terminal device sends the ratio calculated in each measurement period that exceeds each of the multiple delay thresholds to the first network device according to the reporting period (the same as the measurement period).
  • the first network device receives the proportion of data packets that exceed each of the multiple delay thresholds in a measurement period.
  • the first network device can calculate the delay distribution in the measurement period (for example, each delay section). Proportional distribution of data packets within).
  • the following uses a specific example to illustrate a solution for a terminal device to provide an uplink delay measurement result distribution.
  • the thresholds issued by the first network device to the terminal device are Thred1, Thred2, and Thred3, and the terminal device respectively reports that the data packets in each measurement period correspond to the ratio of data packets whose delay exceeds Thred1, Ratio1, and data packets that exceed Thred2.
  • the ratio Ratio2 is the ratio Ratio3 of packets exceeding Thred3.
  • the first network device can obtain, according to these reported ratios, that the ratio of the delay less than Thred1 in the measurement period is 1-Ratio1, the ratio between Thred1 and Thred2 is Ratio2-Ratio1, and the ratio between Thred2 and Thred3 is Ratio3-Ratio2, the ratio exceeding Thred3 is Ratio 3.
  • the sequence relationship has a certain binding relationship, such as the sequence relationship (for example, the configured delay threshold sequence relationship is Thred1/Thred2/Thred3, and the sequence relationship of the reported ratio is Ratio1/Ratio2/Ratio3).
  • this application also provides another solution for the terminal device to provide the uplink delay measurement result distribution.
  • the terminal device to provide the uplink delay measurement result distribution.
  • the first network device configures multiple delay thresholds for the terminal, the terminal device performs periodic measurement and reporting, measures the delay of the data packet in each measurement period, and calculates the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period at the multiple time delays.
  • the ratio of each two adjacent delay thresholds in the delay threshold, the calculation of the ratio of the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period not exceeding the smallest delay threshold among the multiple delay thresholds, and the calculation of the data in the measurement period The proportion of the delay value of the packet exceeding the largest delay threshold among the plurality of delay thresholds.
  • calculating the ratio of the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period in the two adjacent delay thresholds in the plurality of delay thresholds includes: calculating the delay in the measurement period to exceed (greater than) the two phases The smaller one of the adjacent delay thresholds does not exceed (less than or equal to) the number of data packets with the larger one of the two adjacent delay thresholds and the total number of data packets in the measurement period Ratio.
  • Calculating the proportion that the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period does not exceed the smallest delay threshold among the plurality of delay thresholds includes: calculating the delay in the measurement period does not exceed the smallest delay threshold among the plurality of delay thresholds The ratio of the number of data packets to the total number of data packets in the measurement period.
  • Calculating the proportion of the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period exceeding the largest delay threshold among the plurality of delay thresholds includes: calculating the delay value of the data packet in the measurement period exceeding the largest delay threshold among the plurality of delay thresholds The ratio of the number to the total number of data packets in the measurement period.
  • the terminal device sends the calculated ratio in each measurement period to the first network device according to the reporting period (the same as the measurement period).
  • the first network device can calculate the delay distribution in the measurement period (for example, the proportional distribution of data packets in each delay section) according to the received ratio.
  • the delay distribution in the measurement period for example, the proportional distribution of data packets in each delay section
  • the following uses a specific example to illustrate a solution for a terminal device to provide an uplink delay measurement result distribution.
  • the thresholds issued by the first network device to the terminal device are Thred1, Thred2, and Thred3, and the terminal device respectively reports that the delay corresponding to the data packet in each measurement period does not exceed the ratio Ratio1 of the data packet of Thred1, and exceeds Thred1 and does not.
  • the ratio of data packets exceeding Thred2 is Ratio2, the ratio of data packets exceeding Thred2 and not exceeding Ratio3, and the ratio of data packets exceeding Thred3 Ratio4.
  • the first network device can obtain the ratio of the delay less than Thred1 in the measurement period according to these reported ratios as Ratio1, the ratio between Thred1 and Thred2 as Ratio2, and the ratio between Thred2 and Thred3 as Ratio3, which exceeds Thred3.
  • the ratio is Ratio 4.
  • the above-mentioned uplink delay may mean that the PDCP entity or SDAP entity of the terminal device receives an uplink data packet until the terminal device obtains the uplink authorization to transmit the data packet from the network side or the terminal device starts to send the data packet to the network. Side delay.
  • the third network device After the third network device has learned the above-mentioned sixth indication information, it can determine to configure the MDT configuration information for the terminal device based on the sixth indication information, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 8 further includes S820: the third network device determines The type of the second MDT does not conflict with the type of the first MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the third network device cannot configure management based logged MDT for the UE, and can reconfigure signaling based logged MDT for the UE;
  • the third network device cannot configure the terminal device with a management based immediate MDT corresponding to the preset measurement quantity.
  • the third network device learns the type of MDT or the type of the measured quantity previously configured by the first network device for the terminal device, the third network device will consider the management when subsequently configuring the MDT for the terminal device.
  • the priority of based MDT and signaling based MDT can ensure that the management based logged MDT does not cover the signaling based logged MDT that has been previously configured for the terminal device.
  • the third network device may further send the sixth indication information to other network devices (for example, subsequent switching from the third network device to Other network equipment).
  • the present application also provides a method for configuring the minimized drive test MDT, which can compress and transmit the logged MDT measurement results to be transmitted by the UDC.
  • the method for configuring the minimized drive test MDT will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 9.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another method for configuring a minimized drive test MDT provided by the present application.
  • the execution body includes the second network device and the terminal device.
  • the application scenario of this embodiment includes: the terminal device performs MDT measurement based on the configured MDT measurement configuration information, and obtains the MDT measurement result.
  • the terminal device reports the MDT measurement result to the second network device and needs to be transmitted through UDC technology. .
  • the method for configuring Minimized Drive Test MDT includes at least some of the following steps.
  • S910 The terminal device sends third indication information to the second network device.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate the size of the first buffer required for UDC transmission of the first measurement result.
  • the first measurement result includes the MDT measurement result that the terminal device currently needs to report.
  • the MDT measurement refers to logged MDT measurement.
  • the terminal device reports to the second network device that the terminal device currently has the first measurement result by carrying the ninth indication information in the RRC connection re-establishment message, which can be sent to the second network device, as shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device also carries the above-mentioned third indication information in the RRC connection re-establishment message.
  • the terminal device carries the third indication information in the RRC reconfiguration complete message, the RCC reestablishment complete message, or the RRC recovery complete message sent to the second network device.
  • the third indication information in this embodiment and the second indication information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be carried in the same message and reported to the second network device. What needs to be explained is the embodiment of this application. It does not limit that the second indication information in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and the third indication information involved in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 are carried in the same message, and can be carried in different messages and reported to the second Network equipment.
  • the second network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 and the second network device in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 may be the same network device, and the embodiment shown in FIG. 9
  • the second network device in FIG. 6 and the first network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 may also be the same network device.
  • the terminal device which network connection is established for the second network device?
  • the device is not limited, and the second network device can be understood as the network device that the terminal device reports the MDT measurement result.
  • the third indication information is used to indicate SRB2 or the first buffer size required for UDC transmission of the first measurement result, where SRB2 is used to transmit the first measurement result; and/or the third indication information is used to indicate the terminal device Whether UDC is required when sending the first measurement result to the second network device, and when the second network device receives the third indication information, it is determined that the terminal device needs to perform UDC when sending the first measurement result to the second network device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also indicate SRB2 or the first buffer size required for UDC transmission of the first measurement result through two pieces of indication information, and the terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device. Whether UDC is required at the time, I won’t go into details here.
  • SRB2 refers to the signaling radio bearer used to transmit NAS and logged measurement information established through SRB1 transmission signaling after the terminal device enters the RRC connected state.
  • SRB1 is used for the transmission of RRC messages and is used before the establishment of SRB2. For transmitting NAS messages.
  • S920 The second network device sends buffer configuration information to the terminal device.
  • the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer.
  • the buffer configuration information is determined based on the size of the above-mentioned first buffer buffer. It can be understood that after receiving the above-mentioned third indication information, the second network device can learn that the terminal device supports UDC to transmit the first measurement result and the first buffer size required to transmit the first measurement result based on UDC, so that the second network device is in You can refer to the size of the first buffer when configuring the second buffer based on the first measurement result for UDC transmission.
  • the second network device can learn that the terminal device supports UDC to transmit the first measurement result and hopes to transmit the first measurement result based on UDC, so that the second network device configures the first measurement result for UDC transmission .
  • the second network device may carry buffer configuration information and/or information indicating UDC transmission of the first measurement result in the request message (for example, UE information request).
  • the request message for example, UE information request.
  • S930 The terminal device sends the first measurement result to the second network device.
  • the terminal device reports the first measurement result in a second RRC message, and the second RRC message carrying the first measurement result will undergo UDC processing, that is, the first measurement result to be sent by the terminal device to the second network device.
  • the RRC message is processed by UDC as a whole;
  • the terminal device reports the first measurement result in the second RRC message, and the terminal device carries the compressed content of the first measurement result in the second RRC message, that is, the terminal device is to be sent to the second RRC message.
  • the first measurement result of the network device is processed by UDC.
  • the foregoing second RRC message includes an uplink terminal device information response message (for example, S480 shown in FIG. 4).
  • the second RRC message may also carry the third buffer size recommended by the terminal device for reporting the second measurement result next time. Similar to the above-mentioned S920, after the second network device learns the size of the third buffer, it can configure a fourth buffer for the terminal device based on the third buffer for transmitting the second measurement result, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second RRC message may also carry whether UDC is required for the next report of the second measurement result recommended by the terminal device. Similar to the above-mentioned S920, the second network device learns that the terminal device supports UDC transmission measurement results and hopes to transmit the measurement results based on UDC, so that the second network device configures the measurement results for UDC transmission, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first measurement result and the second measurement result are MDT measurement results that the terminal device needs to report at different times. It should be understood that the terminal device performs periodic MDT measurement based on the configured MDT measurement configuration information, and the MDT measurement results that the terminal device needs to report at different times may be the same or different.
  • the measurement result is obtained in period #1 (the measurement result includes the first measurement result and the second measurement result), and the terminal device first Report the first measurement result included in the measurement result. After the first measurement result is reported, the second measurement result included in the measurement result is reported next; or the terminal device performs periodic MDT measurement based on the configured MDT measurement configuration information
  • the first measurement result is obtained by measuring in period #1, and the terminal device reports the first measurement result.
  • the terminal device obtains the second measurement result by measuring again, and the terminal device reports the second measurement result again.
  • the second network device when the second network device needs to change the buffer used for UDC to transmit measurement results (for example, the second buffer corresponding to the first measurement result is transmitted through UDC and the fourth buffer corresponding to the first measurement result is transmitted through UDC Different; or, the second network device determines that the second measurement result is not transmitted through UDC, that is, there is no need to configure the fourth buffer; or other second network devices need to change the buffer configuration, which will not be illustrated here one by one), the second network device
  • the fourth instruction information may be sent to the terminal device, that is, the method flow shown in FIG. 9 further includes S940: the second network device sends the fourth instruction information to the terminal device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the second measurement result through the second RLC entity, and the second RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first measurement result.
  • the foregoing fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel identifier for transmitting the first measurement result, and to add the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel identifier for transmitting the second measurement result;
  • the foregoing fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to change the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel identifier that transmits the measurement result.
  • both the second network device and the terminal device are configured with RLC entities corresponding to two logical channel identifiers: the first RLC entity corresponding to the first logical channel identifier transmits the first measurement result and the second logic of UDC processing based on the second buffer.
  • the second RLC entity corresponding to the channel identifier transmits the second measurement result of UDC processing based on the fourth buffer.
  • the protocol layers through which the data packet passes include the RRC layer (only for SRB), the PDCP layer, the RLC layer, the MAC layer, and the PHY layer.
  • one radio bearer corresponds to one PDCP entity.
  • one logical channel corresponds to one RLC entity.
  • one logical channel corresponds to two RLC entities, one is the RLC entity on the transmitting side, and the other is the RLC entity on the receiving side.
  • one radio bearer corresponds to two RLC entities (one at the primary node and one at the secondary node).
  • a network device On the network device side, generally for a terminal device, a network device has a MAC entity (unless a radio bearer adopts the PDCP replication function based on carrier aggregation. In this case, a network device has two functions for the terminal device. MAC entities).
  • On the terminal device side there is generally one MAC entity for one network device (unless a radio bearer adopts the PDCP replication function based on carrier aggregation, in this case, the terminal device side has two MAC entities for one network device).
  • the terminal device may perform corresponding processing:
  • the terminal device deletes and adds the RLC entity ( Delete the first RLC entity, add a second RLC entity), and use a new UDC configuration (fourth buffer) to process data, and send the processed data to the second network device through the second logical channel;
  • the data processed by the old UDC configuration continues to be sent to the second logical channel through the first logical channel.
  • Network equipment those data processed by the new UDC configuration (fourth buffer) are sent to the second network equipment through the second logical channel.
  • the terminal device will send an end indication message to the second network device in the old first logical channel, indicating that the uplink data of the terminal device in the first logical channel has been sent Finished, where the end indication information may be generated at the PDCP layer of the terminal device, or generated at the RLC layer of the terminal device.
  • the above-mentioned solution for the second network device to change the buffer used for UDC transmission measurement results through the fourth information is not limited to the above-mentioned S910-S930 basis.
  • the scheme of changing the buffer used for UDC transmission measurement results (for example, changing the size configuration of the buffer; or changing from configuring UDC transmission to not configuring UDC transmission, or changing from not configuring UDC transmission to configuring UDC transmission, or other network equipment needs The situation of changing the buffer configuration is not illustrated here.) It can also be combined with the existing terminal equipment to transmit SRB and/or DRB to the network device.
  • the network device can also change the UDC configuration for transmitting the SRB and/or DRB through the above-mentioned solution for changing the buffer used for UDC transmission measurement results.
  • the specific change method is similar to that shown in the above-mentioned S940, and will not be repeated here.
  • terminal device and/or the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiment. These steps or operations are only examples. The embodiments of the present application may also include performing other operations or variations of various operations. .
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for configuring MDT provided in the present application.
  • the device 1000 includes a processing unit 1010, a receiving unit 1020, and a sending unit 1030.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is configured to receive first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information from a first network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT ,
  • the first MDT measurement configuration information includes configuration information required by the device to perform the first MDT measurement;
  • the sending unit 1030 is configured to send second indication information to a second network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT, where the second network device is the same as or different from the first network device.
  • the sending unit 1030 sending the second indication information to the second network device includes:
  • the sending unit 1030 sends a first radio resource control RRC message to the second network device, the first RRC message includes the second indication information, and the first RRC message includes any one of the following messages:
  • RRC reconfiguration complete message RCC reestablishment complete message, or RRC recovery complete message.
  • the sending unit 1030 is further configured to send the second indication information to the core network device.
  • the device further includes a processing unit 1010, configured to perform MDT measurement based on the first MDT measurement configuration information to obtain the first measurement result;
  • the sending unit 1030 is further configured to send the first measurement result and the second indication information to the second network device.
  • the sending unit 1030 sends the first measurement result and the second indication information to the second network device includes:
  • the sending unit 1030 sends an uplink terminal device information response message to the second network device, where the uplink terminal device information response message includes the first measurement result and the second indication letter.
  • the sending unit 1030 before the sending unit 1030 sends the first measurement result to the second network device, the sending unit 1030 is further configured to send third instruction information to the second network device, where the third instruction information is used for Indicate the size of the first buffer required for uplink data compression UDC transmission of the first measurement result.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is further configured to receive buffer configuration information from the second network device, where the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer;
  • the sending unit 1030 sending the first measurement result to the second network device includes:
  • the sending unit 1030 sends the first measurement result to the second network device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message performs uplink data compression processing based on the second buffer.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is further configured to receive fourth indication information from the second network device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the second measurement result through the second RLC entity, and the second The RLC entity is different from the first RLC entity that transmits the first measurement result, and the second measurement result is a measurement result that needs to be reported after the first measurement result is reported.
  • the device 1000 corresponds to the terminal device in the method embodiment, and the device 1000 may be the terminal device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the terminal device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 1000 are used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the terminal device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-9.
  • the processing unit 1010 in the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute the steps related to the processing corresponding to the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step S621 of performing the first MDT measurement in FIG. 6 and step S721 of performing the first MDT measurement in FIG. 7 are performed.
  • the receiving unit 1020 in the apparatus 1000 executes the steps of receiving by the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, step S610 of receiving first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information sent by the first device in FIG. 6 is performed, and step S610 of receiving first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information sent by the first network device in FIG. 7 is performed. Step S710, perform step S811 of receiving the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information sent by the first network device in FIG. 8, perform step S910 of receiving the buffer configuration information sent by the second network device in FIG. 9, and perform FIG. 9. In the step S920 of receiving the fourth instruction information sent by the second network device.
  • the sending unit 1030 in the apparatus 1000 executes the steps sent by the terminal device in the method embodiment. For example, perform step S620 of sending second instruction information to the second network device in FIG. 6, perform step S720 of sending second instruction information to the core network device in FIG. 7, and perform sending third instruction to the second network device in FIG. 9 Information step S910, step S930 of sending the first measurement result to the second network device in FIG. 9 is performed.
  • the receiving unit 1020 and the sending unit 1030 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit 1010 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 1030 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit
  • the receiving unit 1020 may be a receiver or an interface circuit.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the device 1000 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit 1010, the sending unit 1030, and the receiving unit 1020 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading data and/or signaling in the storage unit. / Or signaling, so that the method of the above-mentioned embodiment is executed.
  • Each of the above units can exist independently, or can be fully or partially integrated.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 1100 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1.
  • FIG. 11 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1100 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is used to control the antenna and the input and output devices to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory to execute the corresponding method executed by the terminal device in the method for registration proposed in this application. Process and/or operation. I won't repeat them here.
  • FIG. 11 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1200 for configuring MDT provided in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes a processing unit 1210, a receiving unit 1220, and a sending unit 1230.
  • the processing unit 1210 is configured to determine first MDT measurement configuration information and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the type of the first MDT is a signaling-based MDT or a management-based MDT, and the first MDT measurement
  • the configuration information includes configuration information required by the terminal device to perform the first MDT measurement
  • the sending unit 1230 is configured to send the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the device further includes:
  • the receiving unit 1220 is configured to receive fifth indication information from a core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT;
  • the receiving unit 1220 is also configured to receive signaling-based MDT configuration information from the core network device.
  • the sending unit 1230 is further configured to send sixth indication information to the third network device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the first network device configures the signaling-based MDT for the terminal device.
  • the device 1200 corresponds to the first network device in the method embodiment, and the device 1200 may be the first network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the first network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the apparatus 1200 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the first network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-9.
  • the sending unit 1230 in the apparatus 1200 executes the steps sent by the first network device in the method embodiment, for example, executes the step S610 of sending the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information to the terminal device in FIG. 6, and executes the step S610 in FIG. Step S710 in which the terminal device sends the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information.
  • the receiving unit 1220 in the apparatus 1200 executes the steps of receiving by the first network device in the method embodiment. For example, in the case where the second network device and the first network device are the same network device, the receiving of the signaling-based MDT configuration information S722 sent by the core network device in FIG. 7 is executed, and the second network device sent by the core network device in FIG. 7 is executed. Five instruction information S723.
  • the apparatus 1200 further includes a processing unit 1210, configured to execute corresponding processing-related steps within the first network device. For example, the first MDT measurement configuration information and the first indication information are determined.
  • the receiving unit 1220 and the sending unit 1230 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit 1210 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 1230 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit.
  • the receiving unit 1220 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the apparatus 1200 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit 1210, the sending unit 1230, and the receiving unit 1220 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading data and/or data in the storage unit. / Or signaling, so that the method of the above-mentioned embodiment is executed.
  • Each of the above units can exist independently, or can be fully or partially integrated.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1300 for configuring MDT provided in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1300 includes a processing unit 1310, a receiving unit 1320, and a sending unit 1330.
  • the receiving unit 1320 is configured to receive second indication information from the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT, and the first MDT is the MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device, where the The device is the same as or different from the first network device;
  • the processing unit 1310 is configured to determine the type of the first MDT based on the second indication information.
  • the receiving unit 1320 receiving the second indication information from the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving unit 1320 receives a first radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device, the first RRC message includes the second indication information, and the first RRC message includes any one of the following messages:
  • RRC reconfiguration complete message RCC reestablishment complete message, or RRC recovery complete message.
  • the receiving unit 1320 is further configured to receive fifth indication information from a core network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT; and/or,
  • the receiving unit 1320 is also configured to receive signaling-based MDT configuration information from the core network device.
  • the receiving unit 1320 receiving the second indication information from the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving unit 1320 receives an uplink terminal device information response message from the terminal device.
  • the uplink terminal device information response message includes the first measurement result and the second indication information, wherein the first measurement result is the terminal device based on the Measurement result obtained by MDT measurement.
  • the receiving unit 1320 before the receiving unit 1320 receives the first measurement result from the terminal device, the receiving unit 1320 is further configured to receive third indication information from the terminal device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the The size of the first buffer required when the first MDT measurement result is used for uplink data compression UDC transmission.
  • the apparatus further includes a sending unit 1330, configured to send buffer configuration information to the terminal device, where the buffer configuration information is used to configure the second buffer;
  • the receiving unit 1320 receiving the first MDT measurement result from the terminal device includes:
  • the receiving unit 1320 receives the first MDT measurement result from the terminal device through a second RRC message, and the second RRC message is UDC processed based on the second buffer.
  • the sending unit 1330 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the terminal device, where the fourth indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to transmit the second MDT measurement result through the second RLC entity, and the second RLC entity and The first RLC entity that transmits the first MDT measurement result is different.
  • the device 1300 corresponds to the second network device in the method embodiment, and the device 1300 may be the second network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the second network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the apparatus 1300 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the second network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-9.
  • the sending unit 1330 in the apparatus 1300 executes the steps sent by the second network device in the method embodiment, for example, executes the step S622 of sending the eighth instruction information to the auxiliary network device in FIG. 6, and executes the sending the eighth instruction information to the auxiliary network device in FIG. Step S724 of indicating information, step S910 of sending buffer configuration information to the terminal device in FIG. 9, and step S920 of sending fourth instruction information to the terminal in FIG. 9 are executed.
  • the receiving unit 1320 in the apparatus 1300 executes the step of receiving by the second network device in the method embodiment. For example, step S620 of receiving the second indication information sent by the terminal device in FIG. 6 is performed, the signaling-based MDT configuration information S722 sent by the core network device is received in FIG. Instruction information S723, step S910 of receiving the third instruction information sent by the terminal device in FIG. 9 and step S930 of receiving the first measurement result sent by the terminal device in FIG. 9 are executed.
  • the apparatus 1300 further includes a processing unit 1310, configured to execute corresponding processing-related steps in the second network device. For example, determine the type of the first MDT.
  • the receiving unit 1320 and the sending unit 1330 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit 1310 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 1330 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit.
  • the receiving unit 1320 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the device 1300 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit 1310, the sending unit 1330, and the receiving unit 1320 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read data in the storage unit. And/or signaling, so that the method of the above-mentioned embodiment is executed.
  • Each of the above units can exist independently, or can be fully or partially integrated.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 1400 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network device in the above-mentioned method for configuring MDT. It may be a schematic diagram of the structure of the first network device or the second network device.
  • the network device 1400 may include CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the network device consists of one or more radio frequency units, such as For the remote radio unit (RRU) and one or more baseband units (BBU):
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband units
  • the non-real-time part of the original BBU will be divided and redefined as CU, which is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services.
  • Part of the physical layer processing functions of the BBU are merged with the original RRU and passive antenna into AAU.
  • the remaining functions of the BBU are redefined as DU.
  • CU and DU are distinguished by the real-time nature of processing content, and AAU is a combination of RRU and antenna.
  • CU, DU, and AAU can be separated or co-located. Therefore, there will be multiple network deployment forms.
  • One possible deployment form is consistent with traditional 4G network equipment.
  • CU and DU share hardware deployment.
  • FIG. 13 is only an example, and does not limit the scope of protection of this application.
  • the deployment form may also be DU deployment in a 5G BBU computer room, CU centralized deployment or DU centralized deployment, and CU higher-level centralized deployment.
  • the AAU 1401 that can implement the transceiving function is called a transceiving unit 1401, which corresponds to the transmitting unit 1230 in FIG. 12 or the transmitting unit 1330 in FIG. 13.
  • the transceiver unit 1401 may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 14011 and a radio frequency unit 14012.
  • the transceiving unit 1401 may include a receiving unit and a transmitting unit, the receiving unit may correspond to a receiver (or called a receiver, a receiving circuit), and the transmitting unit may correspond to a transmitter (or called a transmitter, a transmitting circuit).
  • the CU and DU 1402 that can implement internal processing functions are called processing units 1402.
  • the processing unit 1402 may control the first network device or the second network device, etc., and may be referred to as a controller.
  • the AAU 1401, the CU and the DU 13402 may be physically set together or separately.
  • first network device or the second network device is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 14, but may also be in other forms: for example: including BBU and ARU, or including BBU and AAU; it may also be CPE, or other forms, This application is not limited.
  • the network device 1400 shown in FIG. 14 can implement the functions of the first network device or the second network device involved in the method embodiments of FIGS. 6-9.
  • the operations and/or functions of each unit in the network device 1400 are respectively for implementing the corresponding process executed by the first network device or the second network device in the method embodiment of the present application.
  • detailed descriptions are appropriately omitted here.
  • the structure of the network device illustrated in FIG. 14 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of network equipment structures that may appear in the future.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1500 for configuring MDT proposed in the present application.
  • the apparatus 1500 includes a receiving unit 1510 and a sending unit 1520.
  • the receiving unit 1510 is configured to receive second indication information from the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT, and the first MDT is the MDT configured by the first network device for the terminal device, where the The second network device is the same as or different from the first network device;
  • the sending unit 1520 is configured to send fifth indication information to the first network device or the second network device based on the second indication information, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the type of the first MDT; and/or
  • the sending unit 1520 is further configured to send MDT configuration information based on signaling to the first network device or the second network device based on the second indication information.
  • the device 1500 completely corresponds to the core network device in the method embodiment, and the device 1500 may be the core network device in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the core network device in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding unit of the apparatus 1500 is used to execute the corresponding steps executed by the core network device in the method embodiments shown in FIGS. 6-9.
  • the apparatus 1500 may further include a processing unit for executing corresponding processing-related steps of the core network device in the method embodiment.
  • a processing unit for executing corresponding processing-related steps of the core network device in the method embodiment.
  • the type of the first MDT configured by the terminal device is determined based on the second indication information.
  • the receiving unit 1510 in the apparatus 1500 executes the steps of the core network device receiving in the method embodiment. For example, step S620 of receiving the second indication information sent by the terminal device in FIG. 7 is performed.
  • the sending unit 1520 in the apparatus 1500 executes the steps of the core network device sending in the method embodiment. For example, execute S722 of sending signaling-based MDT configuration information to the second network device in FIG. 7, and execute S723 of sending fifth instruction information to the second network device in FIG. 7.
  • the receiving unit 1510 and the sending unit 1520 may constitute a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 1520 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit.
  • the receiving unit 1510 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the device 1500 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit, the sending unit 1520, and the receiving unit 1510 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read data and/or the storage unit. Or signaling, so that the method of the above-mentioned embodiment is executed.
  • Each of the above units can exist independently, or can be fully or partially integrated.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device 1600 applicable to an embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the function of the core network device in the above-mentioned method for configuring MDT.
  • the core network device 1600 includes a processor 1610, a memory 1620, and a transceiver 1630.
  • the memory 1620 stores instructions or programs
  • the processor 1630 is configured to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1620.
  • the transceiver 1630 is used to execute the operations performed by the receiving unit 1510 and the sending unit 1520 in the apparatus 1500 shown in FIG. 15.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned first network device and the second network device, and may further include the aforementioned terminal device.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned first network device, second network device, and core network device, and may further include the aforementioned terminal device.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed by one or more processors, the device including the processors executes the foregoing as shown in FIG. 6 -The various steps performed by the terminal device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed by one or more processors, the device including the processors executes the foregoing as shown in FIG. 6 -The steps performed by the first network device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed by one or more processors, the device including the processors executes the foregoing as shown in FIG. 6 -The steps performed by the second network device in the method shown in FIG. 9.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the device including the processor executes the terminal in the method shown in FIGS. 6-9. The various steps performed by the device.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product is executed by one or more processors, the device including the processor executes the method shown in FIGS. 6-9. Each step performed by a network device.
  • This application also provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product is executed by one or more processors, the device including the processor executes the method shown in FIGS. 6-9. 2. The various steps performed by the network equipment.
  • the application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the terminal device in the method for configuring the MDT provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the first network device in the method for configuring MDT provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is used to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operation and/or process executed by the second network device in the method for configuring MDT provided in the present application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used to read and execute the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor obtains the data and/or information from the communication interface, and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or a logic circuit.
  • the above-mentioned chip can also be replaced with a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disks or optical disks and other media that can store program codes. .
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship that describes associated objects, which means that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A alone exists, and both A and B exist. , There are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this document generally means that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of, B and C can mean: A alone exists, B alone exists, C alone exists, A and B exist alone, A and C exist at the same time, C and B exist at the same time, A and B and C exist at the same time, this Seven situations.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法和装置。该用于配置MDT的方法包括：终端设备接收到来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，终端设备基于该第一指示信息获知第一网络设备给自身配置的第一MDT的类型是基于信令的MDT还是基于管理的MDT，进而终端设备与第二网络设备建立连接之后向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，上报终端设备已经被配置的第一MDT的类型，从而若第二网络设备给终端设备重新配置MDT，能够避免给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT使得基于管理的MDT覆盖之前终端设备被第一网络设备配置的基于信令的MDT，提高了基于管理的MDT不覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT的可能性。

Description

用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法和装置
本申请要求于2020年02月13日提交中国专利局、申请号为202010090624.2、申请名称为“用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，并且更具体地，涉及一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法和装置。
背景技术
目前协议中提到基于信令的最小化路测(minimization of drive-tests，MDT)的优先级比基于管理的MDT的优先级更高，也就是说网络侧在给终端设备配置MDT的过程中，应该保证基于管理的MDT不能覆盖之前已经给终端设备配置的基于信令的MDT。但是，现有技术中没有提供保证基于管理的MDT不覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT的方案。
发明内容
本申请提供一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法和装置，以期提高基于管理的MDT不覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT的可能性。
第一方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，该第一MDT测量配置信息包括该终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；该终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT并通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，终端设备在连接到第二网络设备的情况下向第二网络设备上报终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，从而若第二网络设备给终端设备重新配置MDT，能够避免给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT使得基于管理的MDT覆盖之前终端设备被第一网络设备配置的基于信令的MDT，提高了基于管理的MDT不覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT的可能性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送该第二指示信息包括：该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送第一无线资源控制(radio resource  control，RRC)消息，该第一RRC消息中包括该第二指示信息，其中，该第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
上述终端设备向第二网络设备上报第一MDT的类型可以通过多种RRC消息上报，增加方案的灵活性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备向核心网设备发送该第二指示信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备还可以向核心网设备上报第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT的类型，使得核心网设备能够获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，从而核心网设备后续通知接入网设备为终端设备配置MDT的时候，能够避免基于管理的MDT覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备基于该第一MDT测量配置信息进行MDT测量，获得第一测量结果；该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果和该第二指示信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，终端设备可以基于第一网络设备配置的第一MDT测量配置信息进行MDT测量并获得第一测量结果，终端设备在连接到第二网络设备之后，可以将测量获得的第一测量结果上报给第二网络设备，在上报该第一测量结果的消息中可以携带上述的第二指示信息，即终端设备可以在上报测量结果的消息中携带第二指示信息，提高本申请提供的方案与现有上报测量结果的方案之间的耦合性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果和该第二指示信息包括：该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送上行终端设备信息响应消息，该上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括该第一测量结果和该第二指示信息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向第二网络设备上报第一测量结果的消息可以是上行终端设备信息响应消息，本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法与现有方案中携带第一测量结果未涉及第二指示信息不同的是：本申请提供的方案中该上行终端设备信息响应消息携带有第一测量结果和第二指示信息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，在该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果之前，该用于配置MDT的方法还包括：该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器(buffer)的大小。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息指示终端设备上报上述的第一测量结果进行UDC传输时需要的第一buffer的大小，从而第二网络设备在配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输时所基于的第二buffer的时候，可以参考终端设备上报的第一buffer的大小，提高确定终端设备经由UDC传输第一测量结果所需要基于的buffer的准确性。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备接收来自该第二网络设备的buffer配置信息，该buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送第一测量结果包括：该终端设备通过第二RRC消息向该第二网络 设备发送该第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息基于该第二buffer进行了上行数据压缩处理，其中，buffer配置信息为第二网络设备基于接收到的第三指示信息确定的。
进一步地，第二网络设备可以基于终端设备上报的第一buffer的大小给终端设备配置第二buffer，终端设备在第二RRC消息中携带第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息则基于第二buffer进行UDC处理。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，作为一种可能的实现方式上述的第二RRC消息为上行终端设备信息响应消息。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备接收来自该第二网络设备的第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输该第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异，该第二测量结果为在上报该第一测量结果之后或者之前需要上报的测量结果。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，在第二网络设备需要改变buffer的配置的情况下可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息，终端设备接收到第二网络设备的第四指示信息之后，能够基于该第四指示信息更换传输测量结果的RLC实体，无需重建终端设备和第二网络设备之间的连接。
第二方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第一网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第一网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第一网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
第一网络设备确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，该第一MDT测量配置信息包括该终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；该第一网络设备向终端设备发送该第一MDT测量配置信息和该第一指示信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT的情况下，第一网络设备可以通过第一指示信息通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，使得终端设备能够获知第一网络设备给自身配置的第一MDT的类型，能够避免终端设备接受优先级低于第一MDT类型的MDT配置。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；和/或，该第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第一网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第一网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第一网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，当该终端设备从第一网络设备切换至第三网络设备的时候，该方法还包括：该第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一网络设备给该终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT。
在发生网络设备切换的场景下(例如，第一网络设备为源网络设备，第三网络设备为目的网络设备，或者，第一网络设备为主网络设备第三网络设备为变换或新增的辅网络设 备)，第一网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，使得第三网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，以免后续第三网络设备为终端设备配置MDT的时候，发生配置基于管理的MDT覆盖使得基于管理的MDT已配置的基于信令的MDT。
第三方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第二网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第二网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第二网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法包括：
第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，该第一MDT为第一网络设备给该终端设备配置的MDT，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异；该第二网络设备基于该第二指示信息确定该第一MDT的类型。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备在连接到第二网络设备的情况下可以向第二网络设备上报终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，从而若第二网络设备给终端设备重新配置MDT，能够避免给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT，而覆盖之前终端设备被第一网络设备配置的基于信令的MDT，提高了基于管理的MDT不覆盖已配置的基于信令的MDT的可能性。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的第一无线资源控制RRC消息，该第一RRC消息中包括该第二指示信息，其中，该第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
上述终端设备向第二网络设备上报第一MDT的类型可以通过多种RRC消息上报，增加方案的灵活性。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法包括：第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；和/或，该第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第二网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第二网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的上行终端设备信息响应消息，该上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括第一测量结果和该第二指示信息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向第二网络设备上报第一测量结果的消息可以是上行终端设备信息响应消息，本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法该上行终端设备信息响应消息携带有第一测量结果和第二指示信息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，在该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的该第一测量结果之前，该方法还包括：该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一MDT测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息指示终端设备上报上述的第一测量结果进行UDC传输时需要的第一buffer的大小，从而第二网络设备在配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输时的第二buffer的时候可以参考终端设备上报的第一buffer，提高方案的准确性。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二网络设备向该终端设备发送buffer配置信息，该buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的该第一MDT测量结果包括：该第二网络设备通过第二RRC消息接收来自该终端设备的该第一MDT测量结果，该第二RRC消息基于该第二buffer进行了UDC处理。
进一步地，第二网络设备可以基于终端设备上报的第一buffer的大小给终端设备配置第二buffer，终端设备在第二RRC消息中携带第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息则基于第二buffer进行UDC处理。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，作为一种可能的实现方式上述的第二RRC消息为上行终端设备信息响应消息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二网络设备向该终端设备发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二MDT测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输第一MDT测量结果的第一RLC实体相异。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备接收到第二网络设备的第四指示信息之后，能够基于该第四指示信息更换传输测量结果的RLC实体。
第四方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由核心网设备执行，或者，也可以由用于核心网设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由核心网设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
核心网设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，该第一MDT为第一网络设备给该终端设备配置的MDT，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异；该核心网设备基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；或者，该核心网设备基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
第五方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；该终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT并通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，终端设备在连接到第二网络设备的情况下向核心网设备上报终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，从而核心网络设备能够获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息包括：该终端设备向该核心网设备发送非接入层NSA消息，该NSA消息中包括该第二指示信息。
上述终端设备向核心网设备上报第一MDT的类型可以通过NSA消息上报，增加方案与现有信令流程之间的耦合性。
第六方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第一网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第一网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第一网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
第一网络设备确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；该第一网络设备向终端设备发送该第一MDT测量配置信息和该第一指示信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT并通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，使得终端设备能够获知第一网络设备给自身配置的第一MDT的类型。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；
或者，该第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第一网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第一网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第一网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第一网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
第七方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第二网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第二网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第二网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；或者，该第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第二网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第二网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
第八方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由核心网设备执行，或者，也可以由用于核心网设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由核心网设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
核心网设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，该第一MDT为第一网络设备给该终端设备配置的MDT，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异；该核心网设备基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；或者，该核心网设备基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。
在核心网设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型的情况下，核心网设备可以向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，另外核心网设备还可以向第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，使得第一网络设备或第二网络设备可以为终端设备配置基于信令的MDT。
第九方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；该终端设备基于该第一指示信息获知该第一MDT的类型。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT并通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，从而终端设备能够获知当前被配置的第一MDT的类型。
第十方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第一网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第一网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第一网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
第一网络设备确定第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一网络设备给该终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；该第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送该第六指示信息。
在发生网络设备切换的场景下(例如，第一网络设备为源网络设备，第三网络设备为目的网络设备，或者，第一网络设备为主节点第三网络设备为变换或新增的辅节点)，第一网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，使得第三网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，以免后续为终端设备配置MDT的时候，发生基于管理的MDT覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT。
应理解，本申请实施例中对于在何种情况下发生网络设备切换并不限定。但是，需要说明的是，如果发生网络设备切换第一网络设备能够获知。
例如，终端设备会把测量结果发送给第一网络设备(比如终端设备周期性把测量到的 周围小区信号质量或者把测量到满足一定条件的周围小区信号质量发送给第一网络设备，测量结果中会携带邻区的小区标识)，第一网络设备根据终端设备上报的周围小区的信号质量来判断是否需要把所述终端设备切换到终端设备上报的邻区的小区标识对应的第三网络设备中，使得第三网络设备能够为终端设备提供服务，因此第一网络设备基于终端设备的测量结果能够获知第三网络设备为目标网络设备；
还例如，通信系统中第一网络设备作为主节点，如果发生辅节点的变化，需要主节点触发辅节点变更的流程(比如终端设备把测量结果上报给第一网络设备，测量结果中携带邻区的小区标识，第一网络设备根据测量结果判决需要进行辅节点变更的流程)，因此第一网络设备能够基于自身触发的辅节点变更信息获知变换或新增的辅节点为上述的第三网络设备。
结合第十方面，在第十方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT并通知终端设备该第一MDT的类型，使得终端设备能够获知第一网络设备给自身配置的第一MDT的类型。
第十一方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第三网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第三网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第三网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
第三网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一网络设备给该终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；该第三网络设备基于该第六指示信息确定无需给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT。
在发生网络设备切换的场景下(例如，第一网络设备为源网络设备，第三网络设备为目的网络设备，或者，第一网络设备为主节点第三网络设备为变换或新增的辅节点)，第一网络设备可以向第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，使得第三网络设备获知终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型，以免后续为终端设备配置MDT的时候，发生基于管理的MDT覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT。
第十二方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由终端设备执行，或者，也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
终端设备确定第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小，其中，该第一测量结果为该终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果；终端设备向第二网络设备发送该第三指示信息。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息指示终端设备上报上述的第一测量结果进行UDC传输时需要的第一buffer的大小，从而第二网络设备在配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输时的第二buffer的时候可以参考终端设备上报的第一buffer，提高方案的准确性。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，该终端设备接收来自该第二网络设备的buffer配置信息，该buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；该终端设备向该第二网络设备发送第一测量结果包括：该终端设备通过第二RRC消息向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息基于该第二buffer进行了上行数据压缩处理。
进一步地，第二网络设备可以基于终端设备上报的第一buffer的大小给终端设备配置第二buffer，终端设备在第二RRC消息中携带第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息则基于第二buffer进行UDC处理。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，作为一种可能的实现方式上述的第二RRC消息为上行终端设备信息响应消息。
结合第十二方面，在第十二方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该终端设备接收来自该第二网络设备的第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输该第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备接收到第二网络设备的第四指示信息之后，能够基于该第四指示信息更换传输测量结果的RLC实体。
第十三方面，提供了一种用于配置MDT的方法，该用于配置MDT的方法可以由第二网络设备执行，或者，也可以由用于第二网络设备的芯片或电路执行，本申请对此不作限定，为了便于描述，下面以由第二网络设备执行为例进行说明。
该用于配置MDT的方法包括：
该第二网络设备接收来自该终端设备的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小；该第二网络设备基于该第三指示信息配置UDC传输时所需的第二buffer，其中，该第一测量结果为该终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息指示终端设备上报上述的第一测量结果进行UDC传输时需要的第一buffer的大小，从而第二网络设备在配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输时的第二buffer的时候可以参考终端设备上报的第一buffer，提高方案的准确性。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二网络设备向该终端设备发送buffer配置信息，该buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；该第二网络设备通过第二RRC消息接收来自该终端设备的该第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息进行了UDC处理。
进一步地，第二网络设备可以基于终端设备上报的第一buffer的大小给终端设备配置第二buffer，终端设备在第二RRC消息中携带第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息则基于第二buffer进行UDC处理。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，作为一种可能的实现方式上述的第二RRC消息为上行终端设备信息响应消息。
结合第十三方面，在第十三方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第二网络设备向该终端设备发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二MDT测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输第一MDT测量结果的第一RLC实体相异，该第二测量结果为在上报该第一测量结果之后或者之前需要上报的测量结果。
根据本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，终端设备接收到第二网络设备的第四指示信息之后，能够基于该第四指示信息更换传输测量结果的RLC实体。
第十四方面，提供一种用于配置MDT的装置，该用于配置MDT的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于配置MDT的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于配置MDT的装置为终端设备时，该收发器可以是通信接口，或，输入/输出接口。
在一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面描述的方法中终端设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种实现方式中，该用于配置MDT的装置为芯片或芯片系统时，该通信接口可以是是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十五方面，提供一种用于配置MDT的装置，该用于配置MDT的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第二方面、第六方面、第十方面描述的方法中第一网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第二方面、第六方面、第十方面描述的方法中第一网络设备的功能。
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第二方面、第六方面、第十方面描述的方法中第一网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于配置MDT的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于配置MDT的装置为网络设备时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第二方面、第六方面、第十方面描述的方法中第一网络设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于执行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第二方面、第六方面、第十方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十六方面，提供一种用于配置MDT的装置，该用于配置MDT的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面描述的方法中第二网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面描述的方法中第二网络设备的功能。
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面描述的方法中第二网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于配置MDT的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于配置MDT的装置为网络设备时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面描述的方法中第二网络设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十七方面，提供一种用于配置MDT的装置，该用于配置MDT的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第四方面、第八方面描述的方法中核心网设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第四方面、第八方面描述的方法中核心网设备的功能。
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第四方面、第八方面描述的方法中核心网设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于配置MDT的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于配置MDT的装置为网络设备时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第四方面、第八方面描述的方法中核心网设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第四方面、第八方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可 以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十八方面，提供一种用于配置MDT的装置，该用于配置MDT的装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第十一方面描述的方法中第三网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器用于实现上述第十一方面描述的方法中第三网络设备的功能。
在一种可能的实现中，该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合，该处理器可以执行该存储器中存储的程序指令，用于实现上述第十一方面描述的方法中第三网络设备的功能。
可选地，该用于配置MDT的装置还可以包括通信接口，该通信接口用于该用于配置MDT的装置与其它设备进行通信。当该用于配置MDT的装置为网络设备时，该通信接口为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。
在一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置包括：处理器和通信接口，用于实现上述第十一方面描述的方法中第三网络设备的功能，具体地包括：
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信；
该处理器用于运行计算机程序，使得该装置实现上述第十一方面描述的任一种方法。
可以理解，该外部可以是处理器以外的对象，或者是该装置以外的对象。
在另一种可能的设计中，该用于配置MDT的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
第十九方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得该通信装置实现第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面以及第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得该通信装置实现第二方面、第六方面、第十方面以及第二方面、第六方面、第十方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十一方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得该通信装置实现第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面以及第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十二方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得该通信装置实现第四方面、第八方面以及第四方面、第八方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十三方面，提供一种计算机可读存储介质，其上存储有计算机程序，该计算机程序被通信装置执行时，使得该通信装置实现第十一方面以及第十一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十四方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面以及第一方面、第五方面、第九方面、第十二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十五方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得通 信装置实现第二方面、第六方面、第十方面以及第二方面、第六方面、第十方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十六方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面以及第三方面、第七方面、第十三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十七方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第四方面、第八方面以及第四方面、第八方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十八方面，提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，该指令被计算机执行时使得通信装置实现第十一方面以及第十一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。
第二十九方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括第十四方面所示的用于配置MDT的装置、第十五方面所示的用于配置MDT的装置、第十六方面所示的用于配置MDT的装置、第十七方面所示的用于配置MDT的装置和第十八方面所示的用于配置MDT的装置。
附图说明
图1是能够适用本申请实施例用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的系统100的示意图。
图2是适用于本申请实施例的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的通信系统200的示意图。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种DC控制面架构图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种logged MDT的配置和上报的流程图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据压缩示意图。
图6是本申请提供的一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。
图7是本申请提供的另一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本申请提供的又一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。
图9是本申请提供的又一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。
图10是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1000的示意图。
图11是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备1100的结构示意图。
图12是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1200的示意图。
图13是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1300的示意图。
图14是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备1400的结构示意图。
图15是本申请提出的用于配置MDT的装置1500的示意图。
图16是适用于本申请实施例的核心网设备1600的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图，对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access，WiMAX)通信系统、5G系统、新无线(new radio，NR)等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统，如第六代移动通信系统。通信系统还可以 是陆上公用移动通信网(public land mobile network，PLMN)网络、设备到设备(device-to-device，D2D)通信系统、机器到机器(machine to machine，M2M)通信系统、物联网(internet of things，IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。
本申请实施例中的终端设备(terminal device)可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、用户设备(user equipment，UE)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备，5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等，本申请实施例对此并不限定。
作为示例而非限定，在本申请实施例中，可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备，IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分，其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接，从而实现人机互连，物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中，IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band，NB)技术，做到海量连接，深度覆盖，终端省电。
此外，在本申请实施例中，终端设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器，主要功能包括收集数据(部分终端设备)、接收网络设备的控制信息与下行数据，并发送电磁波，向网络设备传输上行数据。
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该设备包括但不限于：演进型节点B(evolved Node B，eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller，RNC)、节点B(Node B，NB)、家庭基站(home evolved NodeB，HeNB，或home Node B，HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit，BBU)，无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point，AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point，TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point，TRP)等，还可以为5G系统，如，NR系统中的gNB，或，传输点(TRP或TP)，5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板，或者，还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点，如基带单元(BBU)，或，分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)等。
在一些部署中，本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指集中单元(central unit，CU)或者分布式单元(distributed unit，DU)或者，网络设备包括CU和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit，AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能，DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如，CU负责处理非实时协议和服务，实现RRC层，分组数据汇聚层协议 (packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务，实现无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)层、媒体接入控制(medium access control，MAC)层和物理(physical，PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息，或者，由PHY层的信息转变而来，因而，在这种架构下，高层信令，如RRC层信令，也可以认为是由DU发送的，或者，由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是，网络设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外，可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network，RAN)中的网络设备，也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network，CN)中的网络设备，本申请对此不做限定。
进一步地，CU还可以划分为控制面的中央单元(CU-CP)和用户面的中央单元(CU-UP)。其中，CU-CP和CU-UP也可以部署在不同的物理设备上，CU-CP负责控制面功能，主要包含RRC层和PDCP-C层。PDCP-C层主要负责控制面数据的加解密，完整性保护，数据传输等。CU-UP负责用户面功能，主要包含服务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol，SDAP)层和PDCP-U层。其中SDAP层主要负责将核心网的数据进行处理并将流(flow)映射到承载。PDCP-U层主要负责数据面的加解密，完整性保护，头压缩，序列号维护，数据传输等至少一种功能。具体地，CU-CP和CU-UP通过通信接口(例如，E1接口)连接。CU-CP代表网络设备通过通信接口(例如，Ng接口)和核心网设备连接，通过通信接口(例如，F1-C(控制面)接口)和DU连接。CU-UP通过通信接口(例如，F1-U(用户面)接口)和DU连接。
还有一种可能的实现，PDCP-C层也包含在CU-UP中。
可以理解的是，以上关于CU和DU，以及CU-CP和CU-UP的协议层划分仅为示例，也可能有其他的划分方式，本申请实施例对此不做限定。
本申请实施例所提及的网络设备可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的设备。
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上，包括室内或室外、手持或车载；也可以部署在水面上；还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。
在本申请实施例中，终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit，MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。
另外，本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于：磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(compact disc，CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc，DVD)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable  read-only memory，EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读存储介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
上述的网络设备可以理解为接入网设备，本申请中的一些实施例还涉及核心网设备。具体地，核心网设备是指为终端设备提供业务支持的核心网(core network，CN)中的设备。目前，一些核心网设备的举例为：接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function，AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function，SMF)实体、用户面功能(user plane function，UPF)实体等等，此处不一一列举。其中，所述AMF实体可以负责终端设备的接入管理和移动性管理；所述SMF实体可以负责会话管理，如终端设备的会话建立等；所述UPF实体可以是用户面的功能实体，主要负责连接外部网络。需要说明的是，本申请中实体也可以称为网元或功能实体，例如，AMF实体也可以称为AMF网元或AMF功能实体；又例如，SMF实体也可以称为SMF网元或SMF功能实体等。
为便于理解本申请实施例，首先以图1中示出的通信系统为例详细说明适用于本申请实施例的通信系统。图1是适用于本申请实施例的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的通信系统100的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备，例如图1所示的网络设备110；该通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备，例如图1所示的终端设备120。网络设备110与终端设备120可通过无线链路通信。各通信设备，如网络设备110或终端设备120，均可以配置多个天线。对于该通信系统100中的每一个通信设备而言，所配置的多个天线可以包括至少一个用于发送信号的发射天线和至少一个用于接收信号的接收天线。因此，该通信系统100中的各通信设备之间，如网络设备110与终端设备120之间，可通过多天线技术通信。
应理解，图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图，该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备，图1中未予以画出。
本申请提供的方法还可以应用于双连接(dual connectivity，DC)场景。为便于理解，先以终端设备为UE，网络设备为基站为例，并结合图2，对DC场景进行介绍。
在无线网络中，一个UE可能和多个基站通信，即双连接(dual connectivity，DC)，也称为多无线双连接(Multi-Radio dual connectivity，MR-DC)。这多个基站可能是属于同一制式的基站(比如都是4G基站，或者都是5G基站)，也可能是不同机制的基站(比如一个是第四代4G基站，一个是第五代5G基站)。
例如，图2是适用于本申请实施例的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的通信系统200的示意图。参见图2，UE 240可以通过DC技术与基站210和基站220通信，基站210和基站220共同接入核心网230。核心网230可能是4G核心网，也可能是5G核心网。
DC场景下，与核心网有控制面信邻交互的基站称为主节点(master node，MN)，其他基站称为辅节点(secondary node，SN)。MN有时也称为主基站，SN有时也称为辅基站。各个基站具有不同的RLC和MAC实体，DC场景下，数据无线承载(data radio bearer，DRB)分为：主小区组承载(master cell group bearer，MCG Bearer)、辅小区组承载(secondary cell group bearer，SCG Bearer)或分裂承载(split bearer)，其中，MCG Bearer指的是该 DRB的RLC和MAC实体只在主基站上，SCG Bearer指的是该DRB的RLC和MAC实体只在辅基站上，split bearer指的是该DRB的RLC和MAC实体在主基站和辅基站上都有。
另外，双连接中，主基站和辅基站都具有RRC实体，都可以产生RRC消息(即控制消息，比如测量消息等)，如图3所示，图3是本申请实施例提供的一种DC控制面架构图。主基站和核心网之间通过通信接口(例如，NG-C接口)通信、主基站和辅基站之间通过通信接口(例如，Xn-C接口)通信、主基站和UE之间通过通信接口(例如，Uu接口)通信、辅基站和UE之间通过通信接口(例如，Uu接口)通信。
辅基站可以直接把辅基站产生的RRC消息发给UE，这种情况下UE给辅基站发送的RRC消息也是直接发给辅基站，辅基站与UE之间的RRC消息称为信令无线承载3(signalling radio bearer，SRB3)；或者，辅基站可以把产生的RRC消息通知主基站，主基站再发送给UE，这种情况下，UE把给辅基站的RRC消息通过主基站转给辅基站。
本申请适用的场景包括但不限于下述DC类型：演进的通用陆基无线接入和新无线双连接(E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity，EN-DC)、下一代无线接入网演进的通用陆基无线接入和新无线双连接(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity，NGEN-DC)、新无线和演进的通用陆基无线接入双连接(NR-E-UTRA dual connectivity，NE-DC)、新无线和新无线双连接(NR-NR cual connectivity，NR-DC)。
EN-DC中，主基站为连接到4G核心网的LTE基站(例如eNB)，辅基站为NR基站(例如gNB)。
NGEN-DC中，主基站为连接5G核心网的LTE基站，辅基站为NR基站。
NE-DC中，主基站为连接到5G核心网的NR基站，辅基站为LTE基站。
NR-DC中，主基站为连接到5G核心网的NR基站，辅基站为NR基站。
DC中，辅基站下的服务小区称为辅小区组(secondary cell group，SCG)，该辅小区组由主辅小区(primary SCG cell，PSCell)和可选的一个或多个辅小区组成。主基站下的小区称为主小区组(master cell group，MCG)，该主小区组由主小区(primary cell，PCell)和可选的一个或多个辅小区组成。
PCell是指，部署在主频点的MCG小区，且UE在该小区中执行初始连接建立过程或者执行连接重建过程，或者在切换过程中指定该小区为PCell。PScell是指，SCG小区中UE执行同步的重配过程时进行随机接入的小区，或者当执行SCG改变的时候且无需随机接入过程时UE发起初始物理上行共享信道(physical uplink share channel，PUSCH)传输的小区。具体描述可以参见3GPP TS 36.331和38.331协议。
应理解，本申请的应用场景不限于上述DC场景，本申请还适用于其他系统的DC场景，如5G基站和WIFI组成的DC场景，或者部署为授权频谱的基站和部署为非授权频谱的基站组成的DC场景。
为便于理解本申请实施例，对本申请实施例中涉及的几个基本概念做简单说明。应理解，下文中所介绍的基本概念是以目前协议中规定的基本概念为例进行简单说明，但并不限定本申请实施例只能够应用于现有的通信系统中。因此，以现有的通信系统为例描述时出现的标准名称，都是功能性描述，具体名称并不限定。
1、MDT。
MDT技术的基本思想是运营商通过商用终端进行测量上报来部分替代传统的路测工作，实现自动收集终端测量数据，以检测和优化无线网络中的问题和故障。该技术的应用场景：运营商一般每一个月都要做例行的网络覆盖路测，针对用户投诉也会做一些针对特定区域的进行呼叫质量路测，这些场景的路测都可以用MDT代替。现有的MDT技术的测量类型可分为以下几种：
1)、信号质量测量：由UE测量无线信号的信号质量，将测量结果上报给基站或基站控制器；
2)、服务质量(quality of service，Qos)测量：通常由基站执行Qos测量(例如，业务的流量、业务的吞吐量，业务时延等)，也可以由UE测量，比如上行处理时延，也可以是基站和UE联合处理，比如空口时延测量。
3)、可接入性测量：由UE记录RRC连接建立失败的信息，并上报给基站或基站控制器。
2、记录MDT和立即MDT。
上述的MDT可以分为记录MDT(logged MDT)和立即MDT(immediate MDT)。其中，immediate MDT是处于RRC连接态(RRC-CONNECTED)的UE进行的MDT测量；logged MDT是处于空闲态(RRC-IDLE)或非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的UE进行的MDT测量(例如，UE对当前驻留的小区及一些邻区的MDT测量)。RRC-CONNECTED态的UE是指UE和基站之间建立了RRC连接，基站保存UE的信息(例如，UE的接入层的上下文信息、无线配置信息等中的一项或多项)；RRC-IDLE态的UE是指UE和基站之间没有RRC连接，基站没有保存UE的信息；RRC-INACTIVE态的UE是指UE和基站之间没有RRC连接，基站保存UE的信息。
immediate MDT一般用于测量UE的数据量、网络吞吐率、包传输时延、丢包率或处理时延等中的一项或多项；而logged MDT一般指UE对接收信号强度的测量。下面结合图4简单介绍logged MDT的配置和上报的流程，图4是本申请实施例提供的一种logged MDT的配置和上报的流程图。图4所示的流程包括以下步骤：
S410，UE和基站之间建立RRC连接。
S420，基站向UE发送logged MDT测量配置。
对于logged MDT，当UE接入到基站进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后或者UE进入idle态或inactive态之前，基站会通过RRC消息通知UE对应的logged MDT测量配置。一般而言，logged MDT测量配置中会携带一个定时器长度，当UE收到logged MDT测量配置信息之后能够获知该定时器长度，并且UE收到配置信息之后启动一个对应长度的定时器，或者UE进入idle态或inactive态之后开始进行logged MDT测量时会启动一个对应长度的定时器。当该定时器超时时，UE会停止logged MDT测量。UE会在该定时超时之后的一段时间(比如48小时)之后把之前保存的logged MDT测量结果删除。
示例性地，logged MDT测量配置中包括如下信息中的一项或多项：跟踪参考(trace reference)(包括运营商标识PLMN identity和跟踪标识trace id)、跟踪记录会话参考(trace recording session reference)，跟踪收集实体标识(trace collection entity id)。跟踪参考是用于标识一个跟踪会话的，且是全局唯一的。跟踪记录会话参考是用于标识一个跟踪会话中的一个跟踪记录会话。其中，跟踪会话是一个时间段，起点是一个跟踪会话的激活时间， 终点是该跟踪会话的去激活时间；跟踪记录是跟踪收集的数据。跟踪记录会话是指在一个跟踪会话中跟踪记录产生的时间间隔。本申请中涉及的跟踪参考，跟踪会话、跟踪记录、跟踪记录会话和跟踪记录会话参考的具体含义可以参考现有3GPP协议(例如，3GPP TS32.422)中的定义，这里不详细说明。
网络侧会实现配置跟踪收集实体的IP地址与跟踪收集实体标识之间的对应关系，基站给UE下发MDT配置时携带跟踪参考、跟踪记录会话参考和跟踪收集实体标识。后续UE上报测量结果的时候，也会携带跟踪参考、跟踪记录会话参考和跟踪收集实体标识，这样基站根据这个映射关系就知道把测量结果发送给对应的跟踪控制实体(trace control entity，TCE)。具体可以参见3GPP协议32.421和32.422的描述。
对于基于管理的MDT而言，网管或操作管理维护(operation,administration and maintenance，OAM)实体或者网元管理(element management，EM)实体给基站下发MDT命令的时候会配置跟踪参考和跟踪收集实体标识，基站在选择了某个UE进行MDT测量之后，基站会为该UE分配一个跟踪记录会话参考。其中，OAM实体可以简称为OAM，EM实体可以简称为EM。
之后基站给该UE的logged MDT配置信息中会携带跟踪参考、跟踪记录会话参考和跟踪收集实体标识。也就是说只有给UE配置logged MDT的那个基站知道是为哪一个UE分配对应的跟踪记录会话参考，接收上报测量结果的基站和TCE可能并不能根据UE上报的跟踪参考、跟踪记录会话参考知道该上报测量结果的UE是之前的被配置跟踪记录会话参考的UE。
对于基于信令的MDT而言，对于UE的跟踪会话每个跟踪参考只有一个跟踪记录会话参考。核心网通过核心网与基站之间对应该UE的接口信令把该UE的MDT配置发送给基站，对应的配置中就包括跟踪参考、跟踪记录会话参考和跟踪收集实体标识。这样TCE根据UE上报的跟踪参考和/或跟踪记录会话参考以及之前核心网为该UE配置的跟踪参考和/或跟踪记录会话参考就知道该测量结果是对应于那个UE的。
上述分别针对基于信令的MDT和基于管理的MDT说明TCE执行的步骤，下文中将对基于信令的MDT和基于管理的MDT之间的区别进行说明，这里不赘述。
S430，UE和基站之间的RRC建立释放。
S440，UE进入RRC_IDLE态或INACTIVE态。
S450，UE进行logged MDT测量。
当UE回到RRC_IDLE态或INACTIVE态之后，UE就会进行logged MDT测量，并记录对应的测量结果。
S460，UE和基站之间重新建立RRC连接。
当UE后续再从RRC_IDLE态或INACTIVE态重新进入RRC_CONNECTED时，UE会在发给基站的RRC消息中携带一个指示，指示当前UE具有logged MDT测量结果。
S470，基站向UE发送请求消息。
基站收到RRC消息中的指示之后，基站可以向UE发送请求消息，该请求消息用于请求UE上报logged MDT测量结果。
S480，UE向基站发送响应消息。
UE收到上述的请求消息之后，可以向基站发送响应消息，该响应消息携带对应的 logged MDT测量结果。
S490，基站向跟踪控制实体(Trace control entity，TCE)发送跟踪记录。
UE进行logged MDT测量后将logged MDT测量结果上报给基站，基站根据TCE的IP地址将MDT报告发送给TCE，以完成路测。本申请中对于基站获取logged MDT测量结果之后的流程不做限制，可以参考目前协议中的规定，也可以参考未来协议中的规定，这里不再赘述。
上文仅对图4所示的各消息进行了简要介绍，关于这些消息所代表的具体含义及其所包含的内容，具体可以参见现有协议。
需要说明的是，给UE下发logged MDT测量配置的基站可能和UE上报logged MDT测量结果的基站是不同的基站。
3、基于信令的MDT和基于管理的MDT。
上述logged MDT还可以分为基于信令的MDT(signaling based MDT)和基于管理的MDT(management based MDT)。同理，上述immediate MDT也可以分为基于信令的MDT和基于管理的MDT。为了便于区分，本申请中将logged MDT对应的signaling based MDT记为signaling based logged MDT、将logged MDT对应的management based MDT记为management based logged MDT、将immediate MDT对应的signaling based MDT记为signaling based immediate MDT、将immediate MDT对应的management based MDT记为management based immediate MDT。
其中，从核心网配置MDT的角度来说，基于信令的MDT是针对某个UE的MDT，而基于管理的MDT，并不是针对某个特定UE的MDT；基于信令的MDT是核心网通过核心网与基站之间对应该UE的接口信令把该UE的MDT配置发送给基站，而基于管理的MDT是网管直接发送配置信息给基站的，由基站根据配置信息以及UE的能力等来选择UE进行MDT测量的。
现有技术中提到基于信令的MDT的优先级比基于管理的MDT的优先级更高，即基于管理的MDT不能覆盖之前网络设备给终端设备配置的基于信令的MDT。但是，现有技术中没有提到如何保证基于管理的MDT不覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT。
对于logged MDT而言，如果UE当前没有logged MDT测量结果，UE就不会向基站发送指示当前UE具有logged MDT测量结果的指示信息，基站就不知道之前是否给该UE配置了logged MDT；即使UE额外上报了该logged MDT配置是否超时的指示信息，基站也不知道之前的logged MDT配置是基于管理的MDT配置还是基于信令的MDT配置。所以网络设备无法保证基于管理的MDT不能覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT。
4、上行数据压缩(uplink data compression，UDC)技术。
在R15协议中引入了上行数据压缩技术。该技术的核心思想是通过压缩上行发送的数据包来降低传输的数据量，进而获得提升速率增强覆盖、降低时延等中的一项或多项好处。UDC的主要思想是利用相邻数据包之间的相关性，在发送端压缩相邻数据包之间的重复内容，只传输相邻数据包有差异的部分，在接收端再将重复内容补齐，解压缩出原始数据包。
LTE场景下的UDC，UE作为发送端对上行数据进行压缩，基站作为接收端对上行数据进行解压缩。压缩和解压缩是基于UE和基站共同维护的一个压缩缓存器(buffer)， 本申请中缓存器也可以称为缓存区。该buffer类似于一个字典，压缩即从待传输的数据包中找出与该字典重复的部分作为冗余信息，解压缩即从字典中查找出被压缩掉的重复内容再填回，恢复出原始数据包。其中，buffer包括buffer头和buffer尾，buffer大小即buffer头和buffer尾之间的能够存放字符的空间。
压缩的基本原理是：找到该buffer中和当前字符串相同的字符串时，将当前字符串用(length，distance)的二元组进行替换，其中“length”表示在滑动匹配到的字符串长度；“distance”表示当前字符串到滑动窗中匹配字符串的字符距离。另外，当前字符串在buffer中没有匹配的字符都定义为“literal”，即保留原字符。之后可以使用Huffman编码对“literal”，“length”和“distance”编码进行进一步压缩。把压缩后的内容发送给接收端。
压缩成功之后，UE会把当前压缩的数据包对应的未压缩的数据包从buffer的buffer尾以先入先出的方式依次放入buffer中，如图5所示，图5是本申请实施例提供的一种上行数据压缩示意图。
例如，发送端维护的buffer中初始的字符串是abc，当数据包(packet)1(如图5所示，packet1中包括字符串def)基于abc压缩后，发送端会将paceket1中的字符串从buffer的buffer尾以先入先出的方式依次放入发送端维护的buffer(如图5所示，buffer中的字符串变为abcdef)。
对于接收端，在未接收到packet1之前，接收端维护的buffer中初始的字符串也是abc，当接收端接收到packet1的压缩包后，基于buffer中初始的字符串解压得到packet1中包括的字符串为def，然后接收端将解压后的数据从后向前存入接收端维护的buffer(如图5所示，buffer中的字符串变为abcdef)实现发送端和接收端分别维护的buffer中的字符串的统一。
如图5所示，针对packet2(如图5所示，packet1中包括字符串ghijkl)压缩和解压流程与上述的packet1类似。发送端压缩packet2后，将packet 2从buffer的buffer尾以先入先出的方式依次放入发送端维护的buffer，由于buffer的大小是固定的，后面放入的字符会把前面的字符挤出buffer，buffer中包括的字符串作为“字典”。具体流程参见图5中packet2加入buffer的过程，这里不再赘述。
此外，为了便于理解本申请实施例，做出以下几点说明。
第一，在本申请中，“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时，可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A，而并不代表该指示信息中一定包括有A。
将指示信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息，则具体实现过程中，对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种。例如但不限于，可以直接指示待指示信息，如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息，其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分，而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如，还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示，从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。同时，还可以识别各个信息的通用部分并统一指示，以降低单独指示同样的信息而带来的指示开销。
第二，在本申请中第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如，“#1”、“#2”)仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如，区分不同的消息、区分不同 的接入网设备等。
第三，在本申请中，“预设的”可包括由网络设备信令指示，或者预先定义，例如，协议定义。其中，“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如，包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现，本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。
第四，本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”，可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器，可以是单独的设置，也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器，处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器，也可以是一部分单独设置，一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质，本申请并不对此限定。
第五，本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议，例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议，本申请对此不做限定。
上文结合图1和图2简单介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法能够应用的场景，以及介绍了本申请实施例中可能涉及到的基本概念，下面将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法。
应理解，本申请实施例提供的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法可以应用于如图1中所示的通信系统100和图2所示的通信系统200。通信系统可以包括至少一个网络设备和至少一个终端设备。网络设备和终端设备之间可通过天线技术通信。
还应理解，下文中示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序，以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可，例如，本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够执行程序的功能模块。
从上述的基于信令的MDT和基于管理的MDT介绍中可知，现有技术中指示提出了需要保证基于管理的MDT不覆盖之前网络设备给终端设备配置的基于信令的MDT，但是现有技术中并未给出具体的执行方案，本申请中提出的一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，能够提高基于管理的MDT不覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT的可能性。
另外，从上述的UDC技术可知，LTE场景下是网络设备侧来决定并配置buffer的大小(例如，buffer可以是2k、4k、或8k中的任意一种)，且buffer是DRB级别的。如果需要改变buffer的配置大小的话，只能通过切换方式来改变(例如，网络设备给终端设备下发一个切换命令，或者网络设备给终端设备下发一个需要同步的重配消息)。如果一个DRB需要从配置了UDC变为不配置UDC，或者从不配置UDC变为配置UDC，或者一个DRB对应的buffer的大小改变，比如由2k变为4k，等中的一项或者多项改变buffer的情况发生时，只能通过切换方式或者重配置的方式来改变。
对于logged MDT而言，终端设备至少可以保存64K的记录，每次最多上报8K的记录。这样终端设备进行logged MDT测量结果上报就可能需要多个RRC消息传输，每个RRC消息中携带比较大的logged MDT测量结果。logged MDT测量结果采用SRB2传输，SRB2除了传输logged MDT测量结果，还会携带NAS消息，其中，NAS消息是终端设备发送给核心网设备的消息。本申请中还提出一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，能够对logged MDT测量结果进行压缩传输。
以下，不失一般性，以网络设备与终端设备之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法。
图6是本申请提供的一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。执行主体包括第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。
该实施例应用的场景包括：终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态的时候，第一网络设备给终端设备配置MDT；在第一网络设备给终端设备配置MDT(该实施例以logged MDT为例进行说明)之后的某个时刻，终端设备进入RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态，之后终端设备又进入RRC_CONNECTED态与第二网络设备建立RRC连接，该第二网络设备可以是与第一网络设备为相同的网络设备，也可以是与第一网络设备不同的网络设备。
应理解，logged MDT是处于空闲态(RRC-IDLE)或非激活态(RRC_INACTIVE)的终端设备进行的MDT测量。在某个终端设备从RRC-CONNECTED态转变为RRC-IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态之后，又转变为RRC-CONNECTED态的场景下，本申请实施例能够避免网络设备侧给终端设备配置的基于管理的logged MDT覆盖之前给终端设备配置的基于信令的logged MDT。
该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法至少包括以下部分步骤。
S610，第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
其中，第一logged MDT测量配置信息为终端设备配置第一logged MDT，该第一logged MDT测量配置信息中包括终端设备进行第一logged MDT测量所需的配置信息。第一指示信息用于指示第一网络设备为终端设备配置的第一logged MDT的类型。
例如，第一指示信息指示第一logged MDT为基于信令的logged MDT(signaling based logged MDT)，或者指示第一logged MDT为基于管理的logged MDT(management based logged MDT)，或者指示第一logged MDT不是基于信令的logged MDT，或者指示第一logged MDT不是基于管理的logged MDT。
作为一种可能的实现方式，第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，可以是将第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息通过一条消息发送给终端设备。例如，第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息均携带在第一配置消息。
示例性地，该实施例中的第一配置消息可以复用现有协议中第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一logged MDT时传输第一logged MDT测量配置信息的消息，不同的是该传输第一logged MDT测量配置信息的消息中还携带了上述的第一指示信息，或者可以理解为第一指示信息为第一logged MDT测量配置信息中的部分内容；
该实施例中，第一网络设备在给终端设备配置第一logged MDT时，与现有的网络设备给终端设备配置第一logged MDT不同的是：第一网络设备除了通过第一配置消息给终端设备配置第一logged MDT相关的测量配置之外，还会在第一配置消息中携带第一指示信息，通过该第一指示信息指示该第一logged MDT的类型。
例如，对于signaling based logged MDT来说，第一网络设备通过上述的第一指示信息指示当前配置的第一logged MDT测量配置为：signaling based logged MDT对应的测量配置；对于management based logged MDT来说，第一网络设备通过上述的第一指示信息指示当前配置的第一logged MDT测量配置为：management based logged MDT对应的测量配 置。
示例性地，该实施例中的第一配置消息可以是复用第一网络设备与终端设备之间已有的其他信令，在该已有的信令中携带了上述的第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息；
示例性地，该实施例中的第一配置消息可以是第一网络设备与终端设备之间新增的一条信令，用于携带上述的第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
应理解，该实施例中对于第一配置消息的具体形式并不限制，从节省信令开销的角度出发，可以复用现有的传输第一logged MDT测量配置信息的消息，在该传输第一logged MDT测量配置信息的消息中增加上述的第一指示信息即可。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，可以是将第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息通过两条消息发送给终端设备。例如，第一logged MDT测量配置信息按照现有的配置第一logged MDT的流程发送给终端设备，而第一指示信息可以携带在另外的消息中发送给终端设备。
可选地，携带该第一指示信息的消息可以是复用现有的第一网络设备与终端设备之间已有的信令；携带该第一指示信息的消息还可以是第一网络设备与终端设备之间新增的一条信令。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对于上述的第一指示信息的具体类型并不限制，例如该第一指示信息可能是一个枚举类型，指示为第一logged MDT是基于信令的logged MDT，还是基于管理的logged MDT；或者，该第一指示信息也可能是一个布尔变量类型，指示第一logged MDT是否为基于信令的logged MDT，或者指示logged MDT是否为基于管理的logged MDT。
示例性地，第一指示信息可以是1比特二进制的信息。例如，比特值为1指示第一logged MDT为基于信令的logged MDT、比特值为0指示第一logged MDT为基于管理的logged MDT；还例如，比特值为0指示第一logged MDT为基于信令的logged MDT、比特值为1指示第一logged MDT为基于管理的logged MDT。
示例性地，第一指示信息可以是2比特二进制的信息。例如，第一个比特指示第一logged MDT是否为基于信令的logged MDT、第二个比特指示第一logged MDT是否为基于管理的logged MDT。第一个比特值为1指示第一logged MDT为基于信令的logged MDT、第一个比特值为0指示第一logged MDT不是基于信令的logged MDT；第二个比特值为1指示第一logged MDT为基于管理的logged MDT、第二个比特值为0指示第一logged MDT不是基于管理的logged MDT。
上述第一指示信息的具体形式只是举例，对本申请的保护范围不构成任何限定，其他能够用于指示第一logged MDT的类型为基于信令的logged MDT或基于管理的logged MDT的第一指示信息也在本申请的保护范围之内。
应理解，该实施例主要涉及如何保证基于管理的logged MDT不覆盖网络设备之前给终端设备配置的基于信令的logged MDT。对于第一logged MDT对应的测量配置具体包括的配置并不限制，例如，第一logged MDT对应的测量配置可以包括测量信息的范围、触发UE进行logged MDT的事件等测量配置。具体地，第一logged MDT对应的测量配置可以参考现有协议中的规定，也可以参考未来协议中的规定，这里不赘述。
进一步地，该实施例中终端设备接收到上述的第一指示信息之后，能够获知当前的第一logged MDT的类型为基于管理的logged MDT还是基于信令的logged MDT。
该实施例中，终端设备接收到上述的第一配置信息之后，由RRC_CONNECTED态转变为RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态。应理解，本申请实施例中对于终端设备具体在哪个时刻由RRC_CONNECTED态转变为RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态并不限制，可以是在接收到上述的第一配置信息之后的任意某个时刻。
处于RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态的终端设备可以基于上述的第一logged MDT测量配置信息进行第一logged MDT测量，并记录对应的logged MDT测量结果，即图6所示的方法流程还可以包括S621：终端设备进行logged MDT测量。
需要说明的是，该实施中并不限定终端设备一定会基于上述的第一logged MDT测量配置信息进行logged MDT测量，并获得logged MDT测量结果。该实施例中对于终端设备接收第一logged MDT测量配置信息之后是否进行logged MDT测量不进行限定。
进一步地，该实施例中终端设备会由RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态重新转变为RRC_CONNECTED态(例如，与第二网络设备建立连接)。
作为一种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例中，终端设备获知当前被配置的第一logged MDT的类型，则在终端设备由RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态重新转变为RRC_CONNECTED态与第二网络设备建立连接之后，可以拒绝第二网络设备给终端设备重新配置的低优先级类型的logged MDT。可选的，如果终端设备在第一logged MDT的定时器还没有超时，或者在第一logged MDT的测量结果还没有被删除或丢弃，或者终端设备还有第一logged MDT的测量结果，或者在第一logged MDT的测量结果还没有上传给网络侧之前，终端设备可以拒绝第二网络设备给终端设备重新配置的低优先级的logged MDT。
例如，终端设备接收到上述的第一指示信息，获知第一网络设备为自身配置的第一logged MDT的类型为基于信令的logged MDT，则终端设备与第二网络设备建立连接之后，如果终端设备接收到第二网络设备配置的基于管理的logged MDT，终端设备可以拒绝第二网络设备的配置信息，依然基于第一logged MDT测量配置信息进行logged MDT测量。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，本申请实施例中，在终端设备由RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态重新转变为RRC_CONNECTED态与第二网络设备建立连接之后与现有技术中终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，与上报logged MDT测量结果和用于指示第一logged MDT测量配置信息是否超时的第七指示信息不同的是：该实施例中终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，终端设备可以向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一logged MDT的类型，即图6所示的方法流程还包括S620：终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息可以是：终端设备在向第二网络设备发送的第一RRC消息中携带该第二指示信息。
具体地，终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态的情况下可以在第一RRC消息中携带该第二指示信息。其中，第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：
RRC重配置完成(RRC Reconfiguration Complete)消息、RRC重建立完成(RRC reestablishment Complete)消息、或RRC恢复完成(RRC resume Complete)消息。其中， RRC重配置完成消息可以是终端设备与第二网络设备建立RRC连接之后，第二网络设备需要发起对SRB和DRB的管理、底层参数配置等操作中的一项或多项时，触发RRC连接重配置：第二网络设备通过RRC连接重配置消息向终端设备发送配置信息，终端设备通过RRC重配置完成消息上报确认RRC连接重配置完成；RRC重建立完成消息可以是终端设备与第二网络设备建立RRC连接之后，出现无线链路失败、完整性保护失败、或，RRC重配置失败等情况时，触发的RRC重建立过程中，终端设备向第二网络设备发送该RRC重建立完成消息上报完成RRC重建立；RRC恢复完成消息可以是终端设备从RRC_INACTIVE恢复时，终端设备在第二网络设备发起恢复请求消息(比如RRC恢复请求RRC Resume request)，第二网络设备给终端设备发送响应之后，终端设备向第二网络设备发送该RRC恢复完成消息上报完成RRC连接恢复。作为另一种可能的实现方式，如果终端设备执行了上述的S621，终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息可以是：终端设备在向第二网络设备发送的携带logged MDT测量结果的消息中还携带该第二指示信息。
具体地，终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，可以在向第二网络设备上报的上行终端设备信息响应消息中携带logged MDT测量结果和第二指示信息。其中，上行终端设备信息响应消息可以是终端设备接收到第二网络设备向终端设备发送的请求上报logged MDT测量结果之后，向第二网络设备发送的响应消息，该响应消息用于上报logged MDT测量结果，与现有技术中的上行终端设备信息响应消息不同的是，本申请实施例中该上行终端设备信息响应消息中不仅携带有logged MDT测量结果还携带有上述的第二指示信息。
可选的，在该实现方式下，当第一logged MDT测量配置信息对应的定时器超时且/或第一logged MDT的测量结果已被删除或丢弃的情况下，无需在上报的第一logged MDT测量结果中携带该第二指示信息。可以理解的是，该第一logged MDT测量配置信息对应的定时器超时且/或第一logged MDT的测量结果已被删除或丢弃时，第二网络设备可以重新给终端设备配置MDT，不会发生基于管理的logged MDT覆盖基于信令的logged MDT的情况。本申请主要考虑可能发生基于管理的logged MDT覆盖基于信令的logged MDT的情况，对于这种不会发生基于管理的logged MDT覆盖基于信令的logged MDT的情况不做详细说明。
作为又一种可能的实现方式，上述的第二指示信息可以是终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，终端设备和第二网络设备之间新增的一条信令。
可选地，该实施例中终端设备还可以上报是否具有其他无线接入技术(radio access technology，RAT)的第四网络设备给终端设备配置了第三logged MDT配置信息。例如，终端设备向第二网络设备上报，给终端设备配置了第三logged MDT配置信息的第四网络设备的RAT类型。可选地，该实施例中终端设备还可以上报其他RAT对应的第三logged MDT的类型。
需要说明的是，该第二网络设备与上述的第一网络设备可以是相同的或相异的网络设备。
该实施例应用在图2所示的场景下时，终端设备可以将第二指示信息发送给SN(例如，终端设备在发送给SN的RRC消息中携带第二指示信息，或者，终端设备通过SRB3 将第二指示信息发送给SN)；
或者，终端设备可以将第二指示信息发送给MN，MN再将第二指示信息发送给SN(例如，终端设备需要发送给SN的RRC消息，封装在终端设备发送给MN的RRC消息中)，具体地，当MN收到终端设备发送第二指示信息时，MN可以将第二指示信息携带在增加SN或者修改SN的消息中发送给SN。可以理解为该实施例应用在图2所示的场景下时，上述的第二网络设备可以为MN或者SN，当第二网络设备为MN的情况下，MN可以将第八指示信息发送给SN，第八指示信息用于指示第一logged MDT的类型，则在该情况下，图6所示的方法流程还包括S622：第二网络设备向辅助网络设备发送第八指示信息。该实施例中，上述S622执行之后，辅助网络设备获知之前第一网络设备给终端设备配置的logged MDT类型之后，则辅助网络设备后续给终端设备配置logged MDT时就可以考虑management based MDT和signaling based MDT的优先级，能够保证management based logged MDT不覆盖之前网络设备已经配置给终端设备的signaling based logged MDT。
该实施例中，上述S620执行之后，第二网络设备获知之前第一网络设备给终端设备配置的logged MDT类型之后，则第二网络设备后续给终端设备配置logged MDT时就可以考虑management based MDT和signaling based MDT的优先级，能够保证management based logged MDT不覆盖之前网络设备已经配置给终端设备的signaling based logged MDT。
例如，当之前第一网络设备已经给终端设备配置了signaling based logged MDT时，则第二网络设备就不会给该终端设备配置management based logged MDT了，避免基于管理的MDT覆盖之前网络设备给终端设备配置的基于信令的MDT。
图6所示的用于配置MDT的方法主要以第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为logged MDT为例进行说明，但是不限定第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为immediate MDT的情况下不可以适用。图6所示的用于配置MDT的方法还可以应用于终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态的时候，第一网络设备给终端设备配置immediate MDT，并且该终端设备持续处于RRC_CONNECTED态，在此情况下图6中所示的第二网络设备可以是与第一网络设备相同的网络设备，或者第二网络设备为图2的场景下增加或改变后的SN，或者第二网络设备为终端设备从第一网络设备切换至的目标网络设备。
当图6所示的用于配置MDT的方法中，第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为immediate MDT的情况下，该方法包括以下步骤：
步骤一：第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一immediate MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
其中，第一immediate MDT测量配置信息为终端设备配置第一immediate MDT，该第一immediate MDT测量配置信息中包括终端设备进行第一immediate MDT测量所需的配置信息。第一指示信息用于指示第一网络设备为终端设备配置的第一immediate MDT的类型，如基于信令的或是基于管理的immediate MDT。第一指示信息与上述的S610中的第一指示信息不同的是，用于指示的immediate MDT类型。步骤一中的第一指示信息的具体下发方式、如何指示的immediate MDT类型以及可能的消息类型可以与上述的S610中的第一指示信息相同，这里不再赘述。
步骤二：终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息。
该第二指示信息用于指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一immediate MDT的类 型。第二指示信息与上述的S620中的第二指示信息不同的是，用于指示的immediate MDT类型。步骤二中的第二指示信息的具体上报方式、如何指示的immediate MDT类型可以与上述的S620中的第二指示信息相同，这里不再赘述。步骤二中的第二指示信息对应的消息类型(传输第二指示信息的消息)可以与上述的S620中的第二指示信息相同，也可以不同，比如在测量上报(MeasurementReport)消息中携带步骤二中的第二指示信息。
示例性地，还包括步骤三：终端设备进行immediate MDT测量，并获得immediate MDT测量结果。
图7是本申请提供的另一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。执行主体包括第一网络设备、第二网络设备和终端设备。
该实施例应用的场景包括：终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态的时候，第一网络设备给终端设备配置MDT；在第一网络设备给终端设备配置MDT(该实施例以logged MDT为例进行说明)之后的某个时刻，终端设备进入RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态，之后终端设备又进入RRC_CONNECTED态与第二网络设备建立RRC连接，该第二网络设备可以是与第一网络设备为相同的网络设备，也可以是与第一网络设备不同的网络设备。
该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法至少包括以下部分步骤。
S710，第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一logged MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
S710与图6中所示的S610类似，这里不再赘述。
可选地，图7还包括S721：终端设备进行logged MDT测量。其中，S721与图6中所示的S621类似，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，该实施例中终端设备会由RRC_IDLE或RRC_INACTIVE态重新转变为RRC_CONNECTED态。与现有技术中终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，上报logged MDT测量结果和用于指示第一logged MDT测量配置信息是否超时的第七指示信息不同的是：该实施例中终端设备重新进入RRC_CONNECTED态之后，终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一logged MDT的类型，即图7所示的方法流程还可以包括S720：终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息。
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息可以是：终端设备在向核心网设备发送的初始上下文中携带该第二指示信息。
作为另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息可以是：终端设备在向核心网设备发送的非接入层(non access stratum，NAS)消息中携带该第二指示信息。
进一步地，核心网设备接收到上述的第二指示信息之后，能够获知第一logged MDT的类型。该实施例中核心网设备获知第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一logged MDT的类型之后，后续执行步骤包括以下两种可能的方式：
方式一：
核心网设备可以基于第二指示信息向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息，该基于信令的MDT配置信息用于指示第二网络设备给终端设备配置signaling based logged MDT类型的第二logged MDT。即图7所示的方法流程还可以包括S722：核心网设备向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。S722执行之后，第二网络设备后续给终端设备配置第二logged MDT时，能够保证management based logged MDT不覆盖之前 已经配置给终端设备的signaling based logged MDT。
例如，当终端设备已经被配置的第一logged MDT的类型为management based MDT时，则核心网设备可以给第二网络设备发送signaling based logged MDT配置信息；当终端设备已经被配置的第一logged MDT的类型为signaling based logged MDT时，则核心网设备可以给第二网络设备发送新的signaling based logged MDT配置信息。
方式二：
核心网设备可以向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示第一logged MDT的类型。即图7所示的方法流程还可以包括S723：核心网设备向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息。S723执行之后，第二网络设备获知之前第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一logged MDT类型之后，则第二网络设备后续给终端设备配置第二logged MDT时就可以考虑management based MDT和signaling based MDT的优先级，能够保证management based logged MDT不覆盖之前已经配置给终端设备的signaling based logged MDT。
该实施例应用在图2所示的场景下时，核心网设备可以将第五指示信息发送给MN，MN再将第八指示信息发送给SN，第八指示信息用于指示第一logged MDT的类型。具体地，当MN收到核心网设备发送第五指示信息时，MN可以将第八指示信息携带在增加SN或者修改SN的消息中发送给SN，则在该情况下，图7所示的方法流程还包括S724：第二网络设备向辅助网络设备发送第八指示信息。
图7所示的用于配置MDT的方法主要以第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为logged MDT为例进行说明，但是不限定第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为immediate MDT的情况下不可以适用。图7所示的用于配置MDT的方法还可以应用于终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态的时候，第一网络设备给终端设备配置immediate MDT，并且该终端设备持续处于RRC_CONNECTED态，在此情况下图7中所示的第二网络设备可以是与第一网络设备相同的网络设备，或者第二网络设备为图2的场景下增加或改变后的SN，或者第二网络设备为终端设备从第一网络设备切换至的目标网络设备。
当图7所示的用于配置MDT的方法中，第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一MDT为immediate MDT的情况下，该方法包括以下步骤：
步骤一：第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一immediate MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
其中，第一immediate MDT测量配置信息为终端设备配置第一immediate MDT，该第一immediate MDT测量配置信息中包括终端设备进行第一immediate MDT测量所需的配置信息。第一指示信息用于指示第一网络设备为终端设备配置的第一immediate MDT的类型，如基于信令的或基于管理的immediate MDT。第一指示信息与上述的S610中的第一指示信息不同的是，用于指示的immediate MDT类型。步骤一中的第一指示信息的具体下发方式、如何指示的immediate MDT类型以及可能的消息类型(传输第二指示信息的消息)可以与上述的S610中的第一指示信息相同，这里不再赘述。
步骤二：终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息。
该第二指示信息用于指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置的第一immediate MDT的类型。第二指示信息与上述的S720中的第二指示信息不同的是，用于指示的immediate MDT 类型。步骤二中的第二指示信息的具体上报方式、如何指示的immediate MDT类型以及可能的消息类型可以与上述的S720中的第二指示信息相同，这里不再赘述。
步骤三：核心网设备向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息；和/或，
核心网设备向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示第一immediate MDT的类型。步骤三中的第五指示信息的具体发送方式、如何指示的immediate MDT类型以及可能的消息类型可以与上述的S722中的第五指示信息相同，这里不再赘述。
示例性地，还包括步骤四：终端设备进行immediate MDT测量，并获得immediate MDT测量结果。
图6和图7所示的实施例主要涉及到如何保证基于管理的MDT不覆盖之前的基于信令的MDT。
进一步地，现有技术中，当终端设备进行网络设备切换(例如，终端设备的服务网络设备由源网络设备切换为目标网络设备)，或者在图2所示的DC场景下发生SN增加或SN改变(例如，图2所示的DC场景下的SN由SN#1转变为SN#2，或者，图2所示的DC场景下SN由1个增加为2个)时，目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN并不知道之前是否给终端设备配置了MDT以及终端设备被配置的MDT的类型，目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN可能会给终端设备配置management based MDT，从而导致management based MDT覆盖已经配置的signaling based MDT。
另外，对于immediate MDT测量而言，如果目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN重新给终端设备下发immediate MDT测量配置，则会导致immediate MDT测量重新开始。例如，源网络设备或MN让终端设备进行的时延测量而言，如果目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN重新给终端设备下发测量配置，则终端设备可能将之前的一些数据包的测量结果丢弃，导致一些数据包的时延没有测量到。
因此，本申请还提供一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，能够在发生网络设备切换或变换的情况下，避免目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN重新配置的MDT配置信息与终端设备已经配置了的MDT配置信息发生冲突。为了便于描述，图8所示的实施例中将目标网络设备、新增或改变的SN给终端设备重新配置的MDT配置信息记为第二MDT配置信息、源网络设备或MN已经给终端设备配置的MDT配置信息记为第一MDT配置信息。
图8是本申请提供的又一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。执行主体包括第一网络设备和第三网络设备。
该实施例应用的场景包括：终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态的时候，第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT配置信息；在第一网络设备给终端设备配置了第一MDT配置信息之后的某个时刻，终端设备的服务网络设备由第一网络设备切换至第三网络设备，或者，在图2的场景下增加或改变了SN，该增加或改变了的SN也可以称为第三网络设备，其中，前述的服务网络设备由第一网络设备切换至第三网络设备的过程中终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态、或者在图2的场景下增加或改变SN的过程中终端设备处于RRC_CONNECTED态。
该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法至少包括以下部分步骤。
S810，第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送第六指示信息。
第六指示信息用于指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT。该实施例中，第一网络设备可以理解为上述的源网络设备，或者，MN。
在切换过程中，第一网络设备(源网络设备，或者，MN)将第六指示信息发送给第三网络设备(目标基站设备，或者，增加或改变的SN)，第六指示信息指示以下内容中的一种：
指示第一网络设备是否给终端设备配置了signaling based logged MDT、指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置的logged MDT的类型、指示第一网络设备是否给终端设备配置了signaling based immediate MDT、指示第一网络设备给终端设备配置的signaling based immediate MDT中测量量的类型(例如，上行或下行时延测量、上行或下行吞吐量测量等中的一项或多项)。
需要说明的是，图8所示的实施例可以避免第三网络设备给终端设备配置的第二MDT测量配置信息为低优先级的MDT配置(例如，基于管理的logged MDT)，而覆盖了第一网络设备给终端设备配置的高优先级的第一MDT测量配置信息(例如，基于信令的logged MDT)，考虑解决该问题，当第一网络设备给终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT的情况下，第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送上述的第六指示信息；或者，
图8所示的实施例可以避免第三网络设备给终端设备配置的第二MDT测量配置信息导致immediate MDT测量重新开始，考虑解决该问题，当第一网络设备给终端设备配置了预设测量量对应的immediate MDT的情况下，第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送上述的第六指示信息，指示第一网络设备配置的immediate MDT对应的预设测量量，第三网络设备在配置第二MDT测量配置信息时避开第一网络设备已经配置的预设测量量对应的immediate MDT。这里的预设测量量可以是上行或下行时延测量、上行或下行吞吐量测量等中的一项或多项。
例如，当第一网络设备给终端设备配置了上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT的情况下，终端设备基于该上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT配置进行上行时延测量，测量一段时间之后，发生网络设备的切换。如果第三网络设备不知道第一网络设备给终端设备配置了上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT，则第三网络设备可能重新给终端设备配置上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT，终端设备就会将之前测量的一些上行时延测量结果(比如数据包#1的时延)丢弃，导致一些时延没有测量到。但是本申请图8所示的实施例中，由于第三网络设备已知第一网络设备给终端设备配置了上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT，则第三网络设备无需重新给终端设备配置上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT，终端设备继续基于之前配置的上行时延测量对应的immediate MDT完成上行时延测量即可。
基于上述的上行时延测量的方案，进一步地，本申请还提供了一种终端设备提供上行时延测量结果分布的方案。包括：
第一网络设备给终端配置多个时延门限，终端设备进行周期性测量和上报，测量每个测量周期内数据包的时延，计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值分别超过该多个时延门限中每个时延门限的比例，其中，计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值超过某个时延门限的比例包括：计算该测量周期内时延超过该时延门限的数据包数目与该测量周期内总的数据包数目之比。
终端设备按照上报周期(与测量周期相同)把每个测量周期内计算的分别超过该多个 时延门限中每个时延门限的比例发送给第一网络设备。
第一网络设备接收到一个测量周期内分别超过该多个时延门限中每个时延门限的数据包的比例，第一网络设备可以计算出该测量周期内时延分布(比如各个时延段内的数据包的比例分布)。为了便于理解，下面以一个具体的例子说明终端设备提供上行时延测量结果分布的方案。
例如，第一网络设备给终端设备下发的门限为Thred1、Thred2、Thred3，终端设备分别上报每个测量周期内的数据包对应的时延超过Thred1的数据包的比例Ratio1，超过Thred2的数据包的比例Ratio2，超过Thred3的数据包的比例Ratio3。这样第一网络设备就可以根据这些上报的比例获得该测量周期内时延小于Thred1的比例为1-Ratio1，处于Thred1和Thred2之间的比例为Ratio2-Ratio1，处于Thred2和Thred3之间的比例为Ratio3-Ratio2，超过Thred3的比例为Ratio 3；可选的，终端设备上报超过各个门限的比例时，终端上报的信息中该多个门限的比例的先后关系和第一网络设备配置多个门限的先后关系具有一定的绑定关系，比如先后关系一样(例如配置的时延门限先后关系为Thred1/Thred2/Thred3，则上报的比例的先后关系为Ratio1/Ratio2/Ratio3)。
基于上述的上行时延测量的方案，进一步地，本申请还提供了另一种终端设备提供上行时延测量结果分布的方案。包括：
第一网络设备给终端配置多个时延门限，终端设备进行周期性测量和上报，测量每个测量周期内数据包的时延，计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值在该多个时延门限中每两个相邻的时延门限中的比例、计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值不超过该多个时延门限中最小的时延门限的比例和计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值超过该多个时延门限中最大的时延门限的比例。
其中，计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值在该多个时延门限中某两个相邻的时延门限中的比例包括：计算该测量周期内时延超过(大于)该两个相邻的时延门限中较小的时延门限、且不超过(小于或者等于)该两个相邻的时延门限中较大的时延门限数据包数目与该测量周期内总的数据包数目之比。
计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值不超过该多个时延门限中最小的时延门限的比例包括：计算该测量周期内时延不超过该多个时延门限中最小的时延门限数据包数目与该测量周期内总的数据包数目之比。
计算该测量周期内数据包的时延值超过该多个时延门限中最大的时延门限的比例包括：计算该测量周期内时延超过该多个时延门限中最大的时延门限数据包数目与该测量周期内总的数据包数目之比。
终端设备按照上报周期(与测量周期相同)把每个测量周期内计算的比例发送给第一网络设备。
第一网络设备根据接收到的比例可以计算出该测量周期内时延分布(比如各个时延段内的数据包的比例分布)。为了便于理解，下面以一个具体的例子说明终端设备提供上行时延测量结果分布的方案。
例如，第一网络设备给终端设备下发的门限为Thred1、Thred2、Thred3，终端设备分别上报每个测量周期内的数据包对应的时延不超过Thred1的数据包的比例Ratio1，超过Thred1且不超过Thred2的数据包的比例Ratio2，超过Thred2且不超过Thred3的数据包的 比例Ratio3，超过Thred3的数据包的比例Ratio4。这样第一网络设备就可以根据这些上报的比例获得该测量周期内时延小于Thred1的比例为Ratio1，处于Thred1和Thred2之间的比例为Ratio2，处于Thred2和Thred3之间的比例为Ratio3，超过Thred3的比例为Ratio 4。
可选的，上述的上行时延可能是指终端设备的PDCP实体或SDAP实体收到一个上行数据包到终端设备从网络侧获得传输该数据包的上行授权或者终端设备开始发送该数据包给网络侧的时延。
进一步地，第三网络设备获知了上述的第六指示信息之后，能够基于该第六指示信息确定为终端设备配置MDT配置信息，即图8所示的方法流程还包括S820：第三网络设备确定第二MDT的类型，该第二MDT类型与上述的第一网络设备给终端设备配置第一MDT的类型之间不冲突。
例如，如果第一网络设备已经给UE配置了signaling based logged MDT，则第三网络设备就不能给UE配置management based logged MDT，可以给UE重新配置signaling based logged MDT；
或者，
如果第一网络设备已经给终端设备配置了预设测量量对应的signaling based immdiate MDT，则第三网络设备就不能给终端设备配置预设测量量对应的management based immediate MDT。
该实施例中，上述S820执行之后，第三网络设备获知之前第一网络设备给终端设备配置的MDT类型或测量量的类型之后，则第三网络设备后续给终端设备配置MDT时就会考虑management based MDT和signaling based MDT的优先级，能够保证management based logged MDT不覆盖之前已经配置给终端设备的signaling based logged MDT。
可选的，第三网络设备获知之前第一网络设备给终端设备配置的MDT类型或测量量的类型之后，还可以进一步第六指示信息发送给其他网络设备(比如后续从第三网络设备切换到其他网络设备)。
本申请还提供一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，能够通过UDC待传输的logged MDT测量结果进行压缩传输，下面结合图9详细说明该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法。
图9是本申请提供的又一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法的示意性流程图。执行主体包括第二网络设备和终端设备。
该实施例应用的场景包括：终端设备基于被配置的MDT测量配置信息进行了MDT测量，得到了MDT测量结果，该实施例中终端设备向第二网络设备上报该MDT测量结果需要通过UDC技术传输。
该用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法至少包括以下部分步骤。
S910，终端设备向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息。
第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。其中，第一测量结果包括终端设备当前需要上报的MDT测量结果。可选的，该MDT测量是指logged MDT测量。
例如，如图4所示，终端设备通过在重新建立RRC连接消息中携带第九指示信息向第二网络设备上报终端设备当前具有第一测量结果可以发送给第二网络设备，与图4所示的流程不同的是，该实施例中终端设备在重新建立RRC连接消息中还携带有上述的第三 指示信息。
示例性地，终端设备在向第二网络设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息中携带该第三指示信息。在该情况下，本实施例中的第三指示信息和图6所示的实施例中的第二指示信息可以携带在同一条消息中上报给第二网络设备，需要说明的是本申请实施例中并不限定图6所示的实施例中的第二指示信息和图9所示的实施例中涉及的第三指示信息携带在同一条消息中，可以携带在不同的消息中上报给第二网络设备。
需要说明的是，图9所示的实施例中的第二网络设备和图6、图7所示的实施例中的第二网络设备可以是同一个网络设备，另外图9所示的实施例中的第二网络设备和图6、图7所示的实施例中的第一网络设备也可以是同一个网络设备，本申请实施例中对于第二网络设备为终端设备哪一次建立连接的网络设备并不限定，该第二网络设备理解为终端设备上报MDT测量结果的网络设备即可。
第三指示信息用于指示SRB2或对第一测量结果进行UDC传输所需的第一buffer大小，其中，SRB2用于传输该第一测量结果；和/或，第三指示信息用于指示终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一测量结果时是否需要进行UDC，当第二网络设备接收到该第三指示信息的情况下，确定终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一测量结果时需要进行UDC。
应理解，本申请实施例中终端设备还可以通过两条指示信息分别指示SRB2或对第一测量结果进行UDC传输所需的第一buffer大小，以及终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一测量结果时是否需要进行UDC，这里不再赘述。
上述的SRB2指的是终端设备进入RRC连接态之后，通过SRB1传输信令建立的用于传输NAS以及logged测量信息的信令无线承载，其中，SRB1用于RRC消息的传输以及在建立SRB2之前用于传输NAS消息。
S920，第二网络设备向终端设备发送buffer配置信息。
buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer。可选的，buffer配置信息为基于上述的第一缓存器buffer的大小确定的。可以理解第二网络设备接收到上述的第三指示信息之后，能够获知终端设备支持UDC传输第一测量结果且基于UDC传输该第一测量结果所需的第一buffer大小，从而第二网络设备在配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输基于的第二buffer时可以参考第一buffer的大小。或者第二网络设备接收到上述的第三指示信息之后，能够获知终端设备支持UDC传输第一测量结果且希望基于UDC传输该第一测量结果，从而第二网络设备配置第一测量结果进行UDC传输。
可选地，第二网络设备可以在请求消息(例如，UE information request)中携带buffer配置信息和/或指示第一测量结果进行UDC传输的信息。
S930，终端设备向第二网络设备发送第一测量结果。
作为一种可能的实现方式，终端设备在第二RRC消息中上报第一测量结果，该携带第一测量结果的第二RRC消息会进行UDC处理，即终端设备对待发送给第二网络设备的第二RRC消息整体进行UDC处理；
作为另一种可能的实现方式，终端设备在第二RRC消息中上报第一测量结果，终端设备把第一测量结果压缩后的内容携带在第二RRC消息中，即终端设备对待发送给第二网络设备的第一测量结果进行UDC处理。
上述的第二RRC消息包括上行终端设备信息响应消息(例如，图4中所示的S480)。
可选的，该第二RRC消息中还可以携带终端设备推荐的下次上报第二测量结果的第三buffer大小。与上述的S920类似第二网络设备获知第三buffer的大小之后，可以基于该第三buffer为终端设备配置第四buffer，用于传输第二测量结果，这里不再赘述。
可选的，该第二RRC消息中还可以携带终端设备推荐的下次上报第二测量结果的是否需要进行UDC。与上述的S920类似第二网络设备获知终端设备支持UDC传输测量结果且希望基于UDC传输测量结果，从而第二网络设备配置测量结果进行UDC传输，这里不再赘述。
其中，第一测量结果和第二测量结果为终端设备在不同时刻需要上报的MDT测量结果。应理解，终端设备基于被配置的MDT测量配置信息进行周期性的MDT测量，终端设备在不同的时刻需要上报的MDT测量结果可能相同，也可能不同。
例如，终端设备基于被配置的MDT测量配置信息进行周期性的MDT测量的情况下，在周期#1内测量得到测量结果(该测量结果包括第一测量结果和第二测量结果)，终端设备先上报测量结果中包括的第一测量结果，在上报第一测量结果之后，下一次上报测量结果中包括的第二测量结果；或者，终端设备基于被配置的MDT测量配置信息进行周期性的MDT测量的情况下，在周期#1内测量得到第一测量结果，终端设备上报该第一测量结果，在周期#2内终端设备又测量得到第二测量结果，终端设备再上报该第二测量结果。
示例性地，当第二网络设备需要改变用于UDC传输测量结果的buffer的情况下(例如，通过UDC传输第一测量结果对应的第二buffer和通过UDC传输第一测量结果对应的第四buffer不同；或者，第二网络设备确定第二测量结果不通过UDC传输，即无需配置第四buffer；或者其他第二网络设备需要改变buffer配置的情况，这里不一一举例说明)，第二网络设备可以向终端设备发送第四指示信息，即图9所示的方法流程还包括S940：第二网络设备向终端设备发送第四指示信息。该第四指示信息用于指示终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，第二RLC实体与传输第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异。
作为一种可能的实现方式，上述的第四指示信息用于指示终端设备释放传输第一测量结果的逻辑信道标识对应的RLC实体，并增加传输第二测量结果的逻辑信道标识对应的RLC实体；或者
作为另一种可能的实现方式，上述的第四指示信息用于指示终端设备更换传输测量结果的逻辑信道标识对应的RLC实体。例如，第二网络设备和终端设备均配置有两个逻辑信道标识对应的RLC实体：第一逻辑信道标识对应的第一RLC实体传输基于第二buffer进行UDC处理的第一测量结果、第二逻辑信道标识对应的第二RLC实体传输基于第四buffer进行UDC处理的第二测量结果。对于一个无线承载而言，数据包经过的协议层包括RRC层(只针对SRB)、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层。一般而言，在网络设备和终端设备侧：一个无线承载对应一个PDCP实体。一般而言，对于RLC中的透传模式(transparent mode，TM)和非确认模式(unacknowledged mode)，一个逻辑信道对应一个RLC实体。对于RLC中的确认模式(acknowledged mode，AM)，一个逻辑信道对应两个RLC实体，一个是作为发送侧的RLC实体，一个是作为接收侧的RLC实体。
在DC场景，对于split bearer，一个无线承载对应两个RLC实体(一个在主节点，一个在辅节点)。在网络设备侧，一般对于一个终端设备而言，一个网络设备具有一个MAC 实体(除非某个无线承载采用了基于载波聚合的PDCP复制功能，这种情况下，一个网络设备对于该终端设备具有两个MAC实体)。在终端设备侧，一般针对一个网络设备具有一个MAC实体(除非某个无线承载采用了基于载波聚合的PDCP复制功能，这种情况下，终端设备侧对于一个网络设备具有两个MAC实体)。
进一步地，终端设备接收到上述的第四信息之后，可以进行相应的处理：
例如，如果第二网络设备通知的是终端设备释放第一逻辑信道标识对应的第一RLC实体，并增加第二逻辑信道标识对应的第二RLC实体，则终端设备进行RLC实体的删除和增加(删除第一RLC实体，增加第二RLC实体)，并且采用新的UDC配置(第四buffer)进行数据的处理，并通过第二逻辑信道将处理后的数据发送给第二网络设备；
还例如，如果第二网络设备和终端设备之间均配置有两个逻辑信道标识对应的RLC实体，则采用旧的UDC配置(第二buffer)处理的数据继续通过第一逻辑信道发送给第二网络设备，那些采用新的UDC配置(第四buffer)处理的数据通过第二逻辑信道发送给第二网络设备。示例性地，在旧的UDC配置处理的数据之后，终端设备在旧的第一逻辑信道中会给第二网络设备发送一个结束指示信息，指示终端设备在第一逻辑信道中的上行数据已经发送完毕，其中，该结束指示信息可以是在终端设备的PDCP层生成，或者在终端设备的RLC层生成。
需要说明的是，图9所示的实施例中，主要以基于UDC技术传输SRB2(SRB2传输MDT测量结果)为例进行说明，如何压缩传输SRB2，但是本申请实施例中并不限定图9所示的方案仅能用于压缩传输SRB2，对于DRB也可以基于该压缩方式进行传输，具体流程与图9所示的压缩传输SRB2相同，只是压缩的对象并非上述的SRB2而是DRB，这里不再赘述。
进一步地，上述的第二网络设备通过第四信息改变用于UDC传输测量结果的buffer的方案，不限定基于上述的S910-S930的基础上。该改变用于UDC传输测量结果的buffer的方案(例如，改变buffer的大小配置；或者从配置UDC传输变为不配置UDC传输，或者从不配置UDC传输变为配置UDC传输，或者其他网络设备需要改变buffer配置的情况，这里不一一举例说明)还可以结合现有的终端设备向网络设备传输SRB和/或DRB的流程，例如，现有的传输SRB和/或DRB的流程若通过UDC传输，网络设备也可以通过上述改变用于UDC传输测量结果的buffer的方案，改变传输SRB和/或DRB的UDC配置，具体的改变方式与上述的S940中所示的类似，这里不再赘述。
应理解，上述方法实施例中终端设备和/或网络设备可以执行实施例中的部分或全部步骤，这些步骤或操作仅是示例，本申请实施例还可以包括执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。
还应理解，在本申请的各个实施例中，如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突，不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述可以具有一致性、且可以相互引用，不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。
上面结合图6-图9详细介绍了本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的方法，下面结合图10-图16详细介绍本申请实施例提供的用于配置MDT的装置。
参见图10，图10是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1000的示意图。如图10所示，装置1000包括处理单元1010、接收单元1020、发送单元1030。
接收单元1020，用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，该第一MDT测量配置信息包括该装置进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
发送单元1030，用于向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异。
示例性地，该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送该第二指示信息包括：
该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息，该第一RRC消息中包括该第二指示信息，其中，该第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：
RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
示例性地，该发送单元1030，还用于向核心网设备发送该第二指示信息。
示例性地，该装置还包括处理单元1010，用于基于该第一MDT测量配置信息进行MDT测量，获得第一测量结果；
示例性地，该发送单元1030，还用于向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果和该第二指示信息。
示例性地，该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果和该第二指示信息包括：
该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送上行终端设备信息响应消息，该上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括该第一测量结果和该第二指示信。
示例性地，在该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果之前，该发送单元1030，还用于向该第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。
示例性地，该接收单元1020，还用于接收来自该第二网络设备的buffer配置信息，该buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；
该发送单元1030向该第二网络设备发送第一测量结果包括：
该发送单元1030通过第二RRC消息向该第二网络设备发送该第一测量结果，该第二RRC消息基于该第二buffer进行了上行数据压缩处理。
示例性地，该接收单元1020，还用于接收来自该第二网络设备的第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输该第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异，该第二测量结果为在上报该第一测量结果之后需要上报的测量结果。
装置1000和方法实施例中的终端设备对应，装置1000可以是方法实施例中的终端设备，或者方法实施例中的终端设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1000的相应单元用于执行图6-图9所示的方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1000中的处理单元1010用于执行方法实施例中终端设备对应与处理相关的步骤。例如，执行图6中进行第一MDT测量的步骤S621、执行图7中进行第一MDT测量的步骤S721。
装置1000中的接收单元1020执行方法实施例中终端设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图6中接收第一设备发送的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息的步骤S610、执行图7中接收第一网络设备发送的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息的步骤S710、执行图 8中接收第一网络设备发送的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息的步骤S811、执行图9中接收第二网络设备发送的buffer配置信息的步骤S910、执行图9中接收第二网络设备发送的第四指示信息的步骤S920。
装置1000中的发送单元1030执行方法实施例中终端设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图6中向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息的步骤S620、执行图7中向核心网设备发送第二指示信息的步骤S720、执行图9中向第二网络设备发送第三指示信息的步骤S910、执行图9中向第二网络设备发送第一测量结果的步骤S930。
接收单元1020和发送单元1030可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1010可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元1030可以是发射器或者接口电路，接收单元1020可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。
可选的，装置1000还可以包括除存储单元用于存储数据和/或信令，处理单元1010、发送单元1030和接收单元1020可以与存储单元交互或者耦合，例如读取存储单元中的数据和/或信令，以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。
以上各个单元可以独立存在，也可以全部或者部分集成。
参见图11，图11是适用于本申请实施例的终端设备1100的结构示意图。该终端设备1100可应用于图1所示出的系统中。为了便于说明，图11仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图11所示，终端设备1100包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器用于控制天线以及输入输出装置收发信号，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序，以执行本申请提出的用于注册的方法中由终端设备执行的相应流程和/或操作。此处不再赘述。
本领域技术人员可以理解，为了便于说明，图11仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中，可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等，本申请实施例对此不做限制。
参见图12，图12是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1200的示意图。如图12所示，装置1200包括处理单元1210、接收单元1220和发送单元1230。
处理单元1210，用于确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，该第一指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，该第一MDT测量配置信息包括终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
发送单元1230，用于向该终端设备发送该第一MDT测量配置信息和该第一指示信息。
示例性地，该装置还包括：
接收单元1220，用于接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；
和/或
该接收单元1220，还用于接收来自该核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
示例性地，当该终端设备从图12所示的用于配置MDT的装置切换至第三网络设备的时候，该发送单元1230，还用于向该第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，该第六指示信息用于指示该第一网络设备给该终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT。
装置1200和方法实施例中的第一网络设备对应，装置1200可以是方法实施例中的第 一网络设备，或者方法实施例中的第一网络设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1200的相应单元用于执行图6-图9所示的方法实施例中由第一网络设备执行的相应步骤。
装置1200中的发送单元1230执行方法实施例中第一网络设备发送的步骤，例如，执行图6中向终端设备发送第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息的步骤S610、执行图7中向终端设备发送第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息的步骤S710。
装置1200中的接收单元1220执行方法实施例中第一网络设备接收的步骤。例如，第二网络设备与第一网络设备为同一个网络设备的情况下，执行图7中接收核心网设备发送的基于信令的MDT配置信息S722、执行图7中接收核心网设备发送的第五指示信息S723。
装置1200还包括处理单元1210，用于执行第一网络设备内部对应与处理相关的步骤。例如，确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息。
接收单元1220和发送单元1230可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1210可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元1230可以是发射器或者接口电路。接收单元1220可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。
可选的，装置1200还可以包括存储单元，用于存储数据和/或信令，处理单元1210、发送单元1230和接收单元1220可以与存储单元交互或者耦合，例如读取存储单元中的数据和/或信令，以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。
以上各个单元可以独立存在，也可以全部或者部分集成。
参见图13，图13是本申请提供的用于配置MDT的装置1300的示意图。如图13所示，装置1300包括处理单元1310、接收单元1320和发送单元1330。
接收单元1320，用于接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，该第一MDT为第一网络设备给该终端设备配置的MDT，其中，该装置与该第一网络设备相同或者相异；
处理单元1310，用于基于该第二指示信息确定该第一MDT的类型。
示例性地，该接收单元1320接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：
该接收单元1320接收来自该终端设备的第一无线资源控制RRC消息，该第一RRC消息中包括该第二指示信息，其中，该第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：
RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
示例性地，该接收单元1320，还用于接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；和/或，
该接收单元1320，还用于接收来自该核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
示例性地，该接收单元1320接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：
该接收单元1320接收来自该终端设备的上行终端设备信息响应消息，该上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括第一测量结果和该第二指示信息，其中，该第一测量结果为该终端设备基于进行MDT测量获得的测量结果。
示例性地，在该接收单元1320接收来自该终端设备的该第一测量结果之前，该接收单元1320，还用于接收来自该终端设备的第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第一MDT测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。
示例性地，该装置还包括发送单元1330，用于向该终端设备发送buffer配置信息，该 buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；
示例性地，该接收单元1320接收来自该终端设备的该第一MDT测量结果包括：
该接收单元1320通过第二RRC消息接收来自该终端设备的该第一MDT测量结果，该第二RRC消息基于该第二buffer进行了UDC处理。
示例性地，发送单元1330，还用于向该终端设备发送第四指示信息，该第四指示信息用于指示该终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二MDT测量结果，该第二RLC实体与传输第一MDT测量结果的第一RLC实体相异。
装置1300和方法实施例中的第二网络设备对应，装置1300可以是方法实施例中的第二网络设备，或者方法实施例中的第二网络设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1300的相应单元用于执行图6-图9所示的方法实施例中由第二网络设备执行的相应步骤。
装置1300中的发送单元1330执行方法实施例中第二网络设备发送的步骤，例如，执行图6中向辅助网络设备发送第八指示信息的步骤S622、执行图7中向辅助网络设备发送第八指示信息的步骤S724、执行图9中向终端设备发送buffer配置信息的步骤S910、执行图9中向终端发送第四指示信息的步骤S920。
装置1300中的接收单元1320执行方法实施例中第二网络设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图6中接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息的步骤S620、执行图7中接收核心网设备发送的基于信令的MDT配置信息S722、执行图7中接收核心网设备发送的第五指示信息S723、执行图9中接收终端设备发送的第三指示信息的步骤S910、执行图9中接收终端设备发送的第一测量结果的步骤S930。
装置1300还包括处理单元1310，用于执行第二网络设备内部对应与处理相关的步骤。例如，确定第一MDT的类型。
接收单元1320和发送单元1330可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元1310可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元1330可以是发射器或者接口电路。接收单元1320可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。
可选的，装置1300还可以包括存储单元，用于存储数据和/或信令，处理单元1310、发送单元1330、和接收单元1320可以与存储单元交互或者耦合，例如读取存储单元中的数据和/或信令，以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。
以上各个单元可以独立存在，也可以全部或者部分集成。
参见图14，图14是适用于本申请实施例的网络设备1400的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述用于配置MDT的方法中的网络设备的功能。可以为第一网络设备或第二网络设备的结构示意图。
一种可能的方式中，例如在5G通信系统中的某些实现方案中，网络设备1400可以包括CU、DU和AAU，相比于LTE通信系统中的网络设备由一个或多个射频单元，如远端射频单元(remote radio unit，RRU)和一个或多个基带单元(base band unit，BBU)来说：
原BBU的非实时部分将分割出来，重新定义为CU，负责处理非实时协议和服务、BBU的部分物理层处理功能与原RRU及无源天线合并为AAU、BBU的剩余功能重新定义为DU，负责处理物理层协议和实时服务。简而言之，CU和DU，以处理内容的实时性进行区分、AAU为RRU和天线的组合。
CU、DU、AAU可以采取分离或合设的方式，所以，会出现多种网络部署形态，一种可能的部署形态与传统4G网络设备一致，CU与DU共硬件部署。应理解，图13只是一种示例，对本申请的保护范围并不限制，例如，部署形态还可以是DU部署在5G BBU机房，CU集中部署或DU集中部署，CU更高层次集中等。
该AAU 1401可以实现收发功能称为收发单元1401，与图12中的发送单元1230或图13中的发送单元1330对应。可选地，该收发单元1401还可以称为收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，其可以包括至少一个天线14011和射频单元14012。可选地，收发单元1401可以包括接收单元和发送单元，接收单元可以对应于接收器(或称接收机、接收电路)，发送单元可以对应于发射器(或称发射机、发射电路)。该CU和DU 1402可以实现内部处理功能称为处理单元1402。可选地，该处理单元1402可以对第一网络设备或第二网络设备进行控制等，可以称为控制器。该AAU 1401与CU和DU 13402可以是物理上设置在一起，也可以物理上分离设置的。
另外，第一网络设备或第二网络设备不限于图14所示的形态，也可以是其它形态：例如：包括BBU和ARU，或者包括BBU和AAU；也可以为CPE，还可以为其它形态，本申请不限定。
应理解，图14所示的网络设备1400能够实现图6-图9方法实施例中涉及的第一网络设备或第二网络设备的功能。网络设备1400中的各个单元的操作和/或功能，分别为了实现本申请方法实施例中由第一网络设备或第二网络设备执行的相应流程。为避免重复，此处适当省略详述描述。图14示例的网络设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态，而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的网络设备结构的可能。
参见图15，图15是本申请提出的用于配置MDT的装置1500的示意图。如图15所示，装置1500包括接收单元1510和发送单元1520。
接收单元1510，用于接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，该第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，该第一MDT为第一网络设备给该终端设备配置的MDT，其中，该第二网络设备与该第一网络设备相同或者相异；
发送单元1520，用于基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，该第五指示信息用于指示该第一MDT的类型；和/或
该发送单元1520，还用于基于该第二指示信息向该第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。
装置1500和方法实施例中的核心网设备完全对应，装置1500可以是方法实施例中的核心网设备，或者方法实施例中的核心网设备内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1500的相应单元用于执行图6-图9所示的方法实施例中由核心网设备执行的相应步骤。
其中，装置1500还可以包括处理单元用于执行方法实施例中核心网设备对应与处理相关的步骤。例如，基于第二指示信息确定终端设备被配置的第一MDT的类型。
装置1500中的接收单元1510执行方法实施例中核心网设备接收的步骤。例如，执行图7中接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息的步骤S620。
装置1500中的发送单元1520执行方法实施例中核心网设备发送的步骤。例如，执行图7中向第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息S722、执行图7中向第二网络设备发送第五指示信息S723。
接收单元1510和发送单元1520可以组成收发单元，同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中，处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元1520可以是发射器或者接口电路。接收单元1510可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。
可选的，装置1500还可以包括存储单元，用于存储数据和/或信令，处理单元、发送单元1520和接收单元1510可以与存储单元交互或者耦合，例如读取存储单元中的数据和/或信令，以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。
以上各个单元可以独立存在，也可以全部或者部分集成。
参见图16，图16是适用于本申请实施例的核心网设备1600的结构示意图，可以用于实现上述用于配置MDT的方法中的核心网设备的功能。该核心网设备1600包括处理器1610，存储器1620与收发器1630，其中，存储器1620中存储指令或程序，处理器1630用于执行存储器1620中存储的指令或程序。存储器1620中存储的指令或程序被执行时，收发器1630用于执行图15所示的装置1500中的接收单元1510和发送单元1520执行的操作。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的第一网络设备和第二网络设备，还可以进一步包括前述的终端设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，其包括前述的第一网络设备、第二网络设备和核心网设备，还可以进一步包括前述的终端设备。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行上述如图6-图9所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行上述如图6-图9所示的方法中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当该指令由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行上述如图6-图9所示的方法中第二网络设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行如图6-图9所示的方法中终端设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行如图6-图9所示的方法中第一网络设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行如图6-图9所示的方法中第二网络设备执行的各个步骤。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的用于配置MDT的方法中由终端设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接， 处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的用于配置MDT的方法中由第一网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
本申请还提供一种芯片，包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序，以执行本申请提供的用于配置MDT的方法中由第二网络设备执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地，该芯片还包括存储器，该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接，处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地，该芯片还包括通信接口，处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息，处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息，并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。所述处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。
上述的芯片也可以替换为芯片系统，这里不再赘述。
本申请中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
另外，本申请中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系；本申请中术语“至少一个”，可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”，例如，A、B和C中至少一个，可以表示：单独存在A，单独存在B，单独存在C、同时存在A和B，同时存在A和C，同时存在C和B，同时存在A和B和C，这七种情况。
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (44)

  1. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，所述第一MDT测量配置信息包括所述终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
    所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型，其中，所述第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述第二指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送第一无线资源控制RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息中包括所述第二指示信息，其中，所述第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：
    RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向核心网设备发送所述第二指示信息。
  4. 如权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备基于所述第一MDT测量配置信息进行MDT测量，获得第一测量结果；
    所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果和所述第二指示信息。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果和所述第二指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送上行终端设备信息响应消息，所述上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括所述第一测量结果和所述第二指示信息。
  6. 如权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的buffer配置信息，所述buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；
    所述终端设备向所述第二网络设备发送第一测量结果包括：
    所述终端设备通过第二RRC消息向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果，所述第二RRC消息基于所述第二buffer进行了上行数据压缩处理。
  8. 如权利要求6或7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述终端设备接收来自所述第二网络设备的第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，所述第二RLC实体与传输所述第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异，所述第二测量结果为在上报所述第一测量结果之后或者之前需要上报的测量结果。
  9. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一网络设备确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，所述第一MDT测量配置信息包括终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一MDT测量配置信息和所述第一指示信息。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；
    和/或
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  11. 如权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述终端设备从所述第一网络设备切换至第三网络设备的时候，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备向所述第三网络设备发送第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT。
  12. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，所述第一MDT为第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置的MDT，其中，所述第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异；
    所述第二网络设备基于所述第二指示信息确定所述第一MDT的类型。
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一无线资源控制RRC消息，所述第一RRC消息中包括所述第二指示信息，其中，所述第一RRC消息包括以下消息中的任意一种：
    RRC重配置完成消息、RCC重建立完成消息、或RRC恢复完成消息。
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；和/或，
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  15. 如权利要求12-14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的上行终端设备信息响应消息，所述上行终端设备信息响应消息中包括第一测量结果和所述第二指示信息，其中，所述第一测量结果为所述终端设备基于进行MDT测量获得的测量结果。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一测量结果之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小。
  17. 如权利要求16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送buffer配置信息，所述buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；
    所述第二网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一测量结果包括：
    所述第二网络设备通过第二RRC消息接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一测量结果，所述第二RRC消息基于所述第二buffer进行了UDC处理。
  18. 如权利要求16或17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送第四指示信息，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述终端设备通过第二RLC实体传输第二测量结果，所述第二RLC实体与传输第一测量结果的第一RLC实体相异，所述第二测量结果为在上报所述第一测量结果之后或者之前需要上报的测量结果。
  19. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    核心网设备接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，所述第一MDT为第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置的MDT，其中，所述第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异；
    所述核心网设备基于所述第二指示信息向所述第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；和/或
    所述核心网设备基于所述第二指示信息向所述第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  20. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；
    所述终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型。
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法，其特征在于，所述终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息包括：
    所述终端设备向所述核心网设备发送非接入层NSA消息，所述NSA消息中包括所述第二指示信息。
  22. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；或，
    所述第二网络设备接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  23. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；
    所述终端设备基于所述第一指示信息获知所述第一MDT的类型。
  24. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一网络设备确定第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；
    所述第一网络设备向第三网络设备发送所述第六指示信息。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT。
  26. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第三网络设备接收来自第一网络设备的第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；
    所述第三网络设备基于所述第六指示信息确定无需给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT。
  27. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    终端设备确定第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小，其中，所述第一测量结果为所述终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果；
    所述终端设备向第二网络设备发送所述第三指示信息。
  28. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第二网络设备接收来自终端设备的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小；
    所述第二网络设备基于所述第三指示信息配置UDC传输时所需的第二buffer，其中，所述第一测量结果为所述终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果。
  29. 如权利要求28所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第二网络设备向所述终端设备发送buffer配置信息，所述buffer配置信息用于配置第二buffer；
    所述第二网络设备通过第二RRC消息接收来自所述终端设备的所述第一测量结果，所述第二RRC消息进行了UDC处理。
  30. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，所述第一MDT测量配置信息包括所述装置进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
    发送单元，用于向第二网络设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型，其中，所述第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异。
  31. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT，所述第一MDT测量配置信息包括终端设备进行第一MDT测量所需的配置信息；
    发送单元，用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一MDT测量配置信息和所述第一指示信息。
  32. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，所述第一MDT为第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置的MDT，其中，所述装置与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异；
    处理单元，用于基于所述第二指示信息确定所述第一MDT的类型。
  33. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自终端设备的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示第一MDT的类型，所述第一MDT为第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置的MDT，其中，所述第二网络设备与所述第一网络设备相同或者相异；
    发送单元，用于基于所述第二指示信息向所述第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；和/或
    所述发送单元，还用于基于所述第二指示信息向所述第一网络设备或第二网络设备发送基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  34. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；
    发送单元，用于向核心网设备发送第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型。
  35. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自核心网设备的第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型；或，
    接收单元，用于接收来自核心网设备的基于信令的MDT配置信息。
  36. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一MDT测量配置信息和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一MDT的类型为基于信令的MDT或基于管理的MDT；
    处理单元，用于基于所述第一指示信息获知所述第一MDT的类型。
  37. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；
    发送单元，用于向第三网络设备发送所述第六指示信息。
  38. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自第一网络设备的第六指示信息，所述第六指示信息用于指示所述第一网络设备给所述终端设备配置了基于信令的MDT；
    处理单元，用于基于所述第六指示信息确定无需给终端设备配置基于管理的MDT。
  39. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    处理单元，用于确定第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小，其中，所述第一测量结果为所述终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果；
    发送单元，用于向第二网络设备发送所述第三指示信息。
  40. 一种用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    接收单元，用于接收来自终端设备的第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示第一测量结果进行上行数据压缩UDC传输时所需第一缓存器buffer的大小；
    处理单元，用于基于所述第三指示信息配置UDC传输时所需的第二buffer，其中，所述第一测量结果为所述终端设备进行MDT测量获得的测量结果。
  41. 一种通信设备，其特征在于，包括：
    存储器，所述存储器用于存储计算机程序；
    一个或多个处理器，所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中的所述计算机程序，使得所述通信设备执行如权利要求1-29中任一项所述的方法。
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括：所述计算机可读介质存储有计算机程序；所述计算机程序由一个或多个处理器执行时，使得包括所述处理器的装置执行如权利要求1-29中任一项所述的方法。
  43. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，其特征在于，包括：所述指令被计算机执行时，使得包括处理器的装置执行如权利要求1-29中任一项所述的方法。
  44. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：
    权利要求30所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求31所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求32所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求33所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求34所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求35所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求36所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求37所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求38所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置、权利要求39所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置和权利要求40所述的用于配置最小化路测MDT的装置。
PCT/CN2021/076188 2020-02-13 2021-02-09 用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置 WO2021160111A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21752887.6A EP4096272A4 (en) 2020-02-13 2021-02-09 METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TESTS (MDT)
US17/886,107 US20220393963A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2022-08-11 Method and apparatus for configuring minimization of drive-tests mdt

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010090624.2 2020-02-13
CN202010090624.2A CN113259191A (zh) 2020-02-13 2020-02-13 用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/886,107 Continuation US20220393963A1 (en) 2020-02-13 2022-08-11 Method and apparatus for configuring minimization of drive-tests mdt

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021160111A1 true WO2021160111A1 (zh) 2021-08-19

Family

ID=77219877

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/076188 WO2021160111A1 (zh) 2020-02-13 2021-02-09 用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US20220393963A1 (zh)
EP (1) EP4096272A4 (zh)
CN (1) CN113259191A (zh)
WO (1) WO2021160111A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2604990A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-09-21 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to telecommunication systems
WO2022193203A1 (zh) * 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信息处理方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2024025359A1 (en) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for minimization of drive tests measurement enhancement

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114071538A (zh) * 2020-08-07 2022-02-18 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Mdt的处理方法、核心网设备、接入网设备及终端
CN117641377A (zh) * 2022-08-09 2024-03-01 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信装置
CN117793734A (zh) * 2022-09-28 2024-03-29 华为技术有限公司 信息传输的方法与通信装置
CN117998393A (zh) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-07 华为技术有限公司 一种数据处理方法和通信装置
WO2024148632A1 (zh) * 2023-01-13 2024-07-18 北京小米移动软件有限公司 信息发送、接收方法和装置、通信装置及存储介质

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102932772A (zh) * 2011-08-11 2013-02-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种检查记录最小化路测配置的终端及方法
CN103200603A (zh) * 2012-01-06 2013-07-10 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 在多个plmn下进行mdt连续测量和汇报的方法
CN103843390A (zh) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-04 日本电气株式会社 无线通信系统、无线终端、无线站、网络装置以及信息收集方法
US20190141567A1 (en) * 2017-11-06 2019-05-09 Mediatek Inc. Uplink Data Compression Transaction Flow

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102457890B (zh) * 2010-10-29 2015-09-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种实现路测的方法及系统
CN107371154B (zh) * 2011-09-29 2021-06-01 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 一种实现mdt测量匿名汇报的方法
CN103209424B (zh) * 2012-01-12 2019-01-08 中兴通讯股份有限公司 最小化路测方法及装置
WO2014041406A1 (en) * 2012-09-17 2014-03-20 Nokia, Inc. Measurement configuration and reporting with diverse traffic
CN109819468B (zh) * 2017-11-22 2021-01-08 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种最小化路测配置方法、测量方法和装置

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102932772A (zh) * 2011-08-11 2013-02-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种检查记录最小化路测配置的终端及方法
CN103843390A (zh) * 2011-09-30 2014-06-04 日本电气株式会社 无线通信系统、无线终端、无线站、网络装置以及信息收集方法
CN103200603A (zh) * 2012-01-06 2013-07-10 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 在多个plmn下进行mdt连续测量和汇报的方法
US20190141567A1 (en) * 2017-11-06 2019-05-09 Mediatek Inc. Uplink Data Compression Transaction Flow

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP PROTOCOLS 32.421
3GPP TS 32.422
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Logged MDT Configuration and Reporting for MR-DC", 3GPP DRAFT; R3-195485 LOGGED MDT CONFIGURATION AND REPORTING FOR MR-DC, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG3, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191018, 5 October 2019 (2019-10-05), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051792520 *
See also references of EP4096272A4

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2604990A (en) * 2021-01-15 2022-09-21 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to telecommunication systems
GB2604990B (en) * 2021-01-15 2024-02-28 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to telecommunication systems
WO2022193203A1 (zh) * 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 信息处理方法、终端设备和网络设备
WO2024025359A1 (en) * 2022-07-28 2024-02-01 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for minimization of drive tests measurement enhancement

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20220393963A1 (en) 2022-12-08
EP4096272A4 (en) 2023-07-19
CN113259191A (zh) 2021-08-13
EP4096272A1 (en) 2022-11-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021160111A1 (zh) 用于配置最小化路测mdt的方法和装置
CN115843440A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2021027736A1 (zh) 历史信息的记录方法、装置及计算机可读存储介质
CN113676930A (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN109672510B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
CN110505714B (zh) 多链接通信方法、设备和终端
WO2021228095A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2021134455A1 (zh) 无线资源管理测量的方法和装置
WO2021134522A1 (zh) 用于切换的方法和装置
WO2021062730A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和装置
WO2021026839A1 (zh) 一种通信方法及装置
CN116508349A (zh) 通信方法，装置，可读存储介质和系统
CN109688179B (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2018202777A1 (en) Communication apparatus in dual connectivity, method and computer program
US20240163719A1 (en) Network optimization method and communication apparatus
WO2022247552A1 (zh) 一种对齐下行控制信息大小的方法和装置
WO2022252867A1 (zh) 通信方法及通信装置
WO2021027660A1 (zh) 无线通信的方法和通信装置
WO2022036528A1 (zh) 双连接架构下实现最小化路测的方法、终端设备和网络设备
US20200053812A1 (en) Radio Resource Control Connection Reestablishment
WO2021204259A1 (zh) 信息传输方法以及相关设备
CN117652175A (zh) 通信设备、基站以及通信方法
CN114731544B (zh) 一种基于网络切片的数据传输方法、装置和系统
CN115334530A (zh) 测量配置方法和装置
CN116017489A (zh) 一种传输信息的方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21752887

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202217047759

Country of ref document: IN

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021752887

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20220825

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE